Quantcast
Channel: Brandon Sanderson - Reactor
Viewing all 730 articles
Browse latest View live

Oathbringer Reread: Chapter 16

$
0
0

Oathbringer by Brandon Sanderson

Lyn: Welcome back to the Oathbringer reread, Cosmere Scholars and Sanderson Fans! We’ve got a hefty chapter for you this week, full of lore, an Honorblade, a world-hopper, old friendships, and…

Wrestling matches? That’s right, in this corner, weighing in at 250 pounds (I guess, maybe, because who’s gonna dare to ask him for his weight): The Storm from Alethkar! The Scourge of the Rift (too soon?)! The Highprince with the tight butt! Dalinar Kholin, the BLAAAAAAACKTHOOOOOOOORN! And in the other corner….

Well. You’ll just have to read on to find out!

Reminder: we’ll potentially be discussing spoilers for the ENTIRE NOVEL in each reread. If you haven’t read ALL of Oathbringer, best to wait to join us until you’re done.

There are also some small mentions of a world-hopper from Warbreaker in the Cosmere Connections section, so steer clear of that part if you haven’t read that book yet.

Chapter Recap

WHO: Dalinar
WHERE: Urithiru
WHEN: 1174.1.3.4 (the day after Chapter 15, three days after the spanreed conversations with other monarchs.)

The chapter begins with Dalinar having a little chat with the Stormfather about the Honorblades and the oaths the Knights Radiant had sworn. He hides the Honorblade Kaladin reclaimed from Szeth in an old sewer drain and heads off the practice grounds, where he discovers that his ardents aren’t terribly pleased by with his wedding to Navani. He engages in a friendly wrestling match with the son of a friend, then tells Navani that he’d like to hold his meeting with the Iarali Queen in the practice yard. While conducting his meeting, Dalinar spars with old comrade and now-ardent Kadash, who is upset about what he sees as Dalinar’s sacrilege. After the meeting/sparring match, Navani asks Dalinar about something and he hears a name long forgotten…

Threshold of the storm

Title: Wrapped Three Times

The belt was too tight, wrapped three times—you had to pull it hard to get enough slack to tie the knot.

Alice: This is from Dalinar’s story about his swordmaster insisting that the belt on his takama had to be wrapped three times around the waist, but when he finally found his master’s master’s master, it turned out he was a rather small fellow. (Why do I get an image of Yoda stuck in my head at this point?) The standard takama belt was too long, and if he only wrapped it twice like most people, he tripped over it. We’ve probably all heard the story in some form, right? (The version I grew up with was “Why do you always cut one end off the ham?” “So it would fit in the pot.”) But it makes a great point: tradition can be based on some pretty sketchy things, and it’s worth searching out the truth.

Heralds

All four are Ishar, Herald of luck and patron of the Order of Bondsmiths. Attributes: Pious and Guiding. Role: Priest. Also the dude who organized the spren bonding into the Knights Radiant orders.

A: There are several possibilities here: Dalinar is a Bondsmith, obviously. He also interacts with the ardents (who heartily disapprove of him) and in particular Kadash, who is torn between friendship and theology. In addition, sometimes the heralds are there to show up something that is the opposite of their traditional role, so we also have Dalinar questioning whether Honor was really God.

Icon

Kholin glyph pair, as befitting a Dalinar chapter.

Epigraph

For in this comes the lesson. –From Oathbringer, Preface

A: Well, that’s loaded.

Stories & Songs

The Knights, the Stormfather said in his head, broke their oaths. They abandoned everything they’d sworn, and in so doing killed their spren. Other blades are the corpses of those spren, which is why they scream at your touch. This weapon, instead, was made directly from Honor’s soul, then given to the Heralds. It is also the mark of an oath, but of a different type–and does not have the mind to scream on its own.

L: This raises the question, if the regular shardblade spren are DEAD, how do they scream? I suppose this is answered for us later on when Adolin begins to reawaken Maya, but I find it interesting that Dalinar didn’t ask about that.

A: Syl explained it to Kaladin (sort of) in WoR, and Dalinar had his own Blade screaming at him, so presumably they talked about what happens. The spren has to be revived in order to manifest in the Physical realm, so then it’s… sort of alive. Enough to scream if you have the connection to hear it, anyway.

Your enemy is not a man like you, the Stormfather replied, voice rumbling, thoughtful. Even… frightened. He does not age. He feels. He is angry. But this does not change, and his rage does not cool. Epochs can pass, and he will remain the same.

L: That’s a terrifying thought. I can’t imagine being angry, without any change, for such a long period of time. I suppose it’s not productive to try to hold human ideals to a force like Odium, but even so…

With [the Honorblade], you would be a Windrunner unoathed. And more. More that men do not understand, and cannot. Like a Herald, nearly.

L: Well that’s an interesting little snippet. What other powers do these things convey upon their users?! We never saw Szeth use anything more than a normal Windrunner could, did we?

A: No, I don’t believe we did. Is it possible that the Stone Shamans don’t know about all the powers the Honorblades bestow, and so don’t train to use the extended abilities? Or is it that they do know, and keep that part secret? Either way, there’s clearly more going on with the Honorblades than we’ve been shown. Yet.

The Stormfather had also confirmed that it could work on Oathgates, which might prove handy.

L: No kidding. Being able to let just anyone activate an Oathgate if all your Knights are busy elsewhere would be a great thing. It would have to be someone you trusted implicitly, though, because otherwise leaving it in the hands of an untrained regular person would be just asking for the thing to be stolen.

The Thrill. Soldiers spoke of it in the quiet of the night, over campfires. That battle rage unique to the Alethi. Some called it the power of their ancestors, others the true mindset of the soldier. … He couldn’t remember feeling the Thrill in months–and the longer he’d been apart from it, the more he’d begun to recognize that there was something profoundly wrong about the Thrill.

L: Unique to the Alethi, eh? Is this just because the Unmade who creates it happened to take up residence in Alethkar, or is there something specifically about the Alethi that invites it, do you think?

A: We know it’s not really limited to Alethi, since we learn later that the Vedans felt it during their civil war. I suspect it might be a combination of things; the first is obviously the proximity of Nergaoul, but it wouldn’t surprise me if there were some kind of genetic susceptibility, too.

L: So we’ve got a chicken and the egg scenario here; which came first, the Alethi predisposition towards violence, or Nergaoul? Did he come to them because they were already heading in that direction and he could just heighten their society’s already warlike nature, or is their culture irrevocably changed by an outside force?

Relationships & Romances

Navani raised an eyebrow at him, but ordered her assistants to get out their writing materials. A worried ardent came over, perhaps to try to dissuade her—but after a few firm orders from Navani, he went running to get her a bench and table.

A: I love the way Navani chooses her battles, and in public she chooses not to have battles with her husband. In this case, she clearly disagreed with Dalinar about staying where they were to carry on the conversation with the Iriali queen, but she chose to go along with it. And once she decided to go along with it, no mere ardent—or anyone else—is going to get her to change a thing about it. I think one of her greatest strengths is deciding what hills are worth the battle—and who she’ll fight. She chose not to argue with Dalinar here, for a number of possible reasons. But one thing she categorically refuses to do is argue with the ardents—she just gives firm orders and expects to be obeyed. And she is.

It was hard to remember the ardent as one of his elites. They hadn’t been close then; they’d only become so during Kadash’s years as an ardent.

***

“I remember, Kadash,” Dalinar said, “when you weren’t nearly so judgmental.”

***

Kadash had the haunted eyes of a soldier. When he dueled, he kept watch to the sides, in case someone tried to flank him.

***

“Surprised someone is willing to side with evil, Dalinar? That someone would pick darkness, superstition, and heresy instead of the Almighty’s light?”

L: Hoo boy. Someone’s a little bitter.

A: A little bitter, yes, but with a certain amount of rationale:

“…What happened to the ardent I knew? A man who had lived a real life, not just watched the world from high towers and monasteries?”
“He’s frightened,” Kadash said softly. “That he’s somehow failed in his most solemn duty to a man he deeply admires.”

A: Kadash has had two commitments which, until now, have always been in harmony: serving Dalinar, and serving the Almighty. Or at least… serving what the Vorin church said about the Almighty. Now Dalinar’s statements have destroyed that harmony and forced him to choose between the two, and that’s a painful spot for a straightforward man like Kadash. Add to that the feeling that Dalinar’s apostasy must be his fault, his failure, and of course he’s unhappy. And a little bitter.

For a moment, Dalinar saw in Kadash the man he’d always been. The gentle, understanding model of everything good about the Vorin church.

L: Interesting that he thinks of Kadash as “always” having been this way. I find it a little hard to believe that he’d have been this way back when he was in the army. But then, Dalinar DOES say that he didn’t know him well back then…

Diagrams & Dastardly Designs

“The power of the ones who control the new storm, however, is undeniable. They offer gracious terms.”

L: Gracious terms?! Yikes. I really have to wonder what Odium’s henchmen are promising, out there in Iri. Do they want those two Oathgates so badly that they’re willing to offer up pretty much anything to get them, or are they just planning to break whatever oaths they make once they get what they want?

A: So much mystery. We’ve figured out that local parshmen have more or less local values, which is all well and good, but… When we know almost nothing of a culture, we know nothing about what either the humans or the parshmen are trying to acheive. Very mystery.

L: Not to mention the fact they they know very little of their own culture!

Squires & Sidekicks

Clean-shaven, he was a little pale for an Alethi and had dark brown hair. Dalinar vaguely thought the man had shown up among his guards several times during the last week or so. He liked to roll a sphere across his knuckles in what Dalinar found to be a distracting way.

L: I don’t know why, but this guy (Rial) sets off warning bells in my head. We don’t usually get a ton of description for little side characters like this unless they eventually become a bigger thing, and the fact that Dalinar seems to feel like there’s something off about him makes my hair stand on end. I was totally expecting Rial to wind up being a plant or a spy by the end of the book, but he wasn’t… which means I’m still suspicious. He’s also really flippant with Dalinar, which is not a trait I think Kaladin would approve of from his bridgemen.

A: He’s one of those oddballs from Bridge Thirteen. You know how they are. ;) Seriously, though, I think he triggered that reaction in most of us. As near as I can tell, Brandon was just messing with us; we’ve come to expect Something Nasty from every new person who gets a description, so now he’s going to give us some completely innocuous characters and let us wonder about them.

L: ::eyes Rial suspiciously::

A: We learned a while back that Bridge Thirteen had replaced Bridge Four as Dalinar’s primary guard detail, since Bridge Four was apparently all going to do the squire gig for Kaladin. Ironic that by the end of the book, Bridge Thirteen ends up all becoming squires to Teft. Wonder who Dalinar is going to get stuck with next? And will they all become squires to Lopen?

Places & Peoples

Dalinar owned ardents who were experts in all manner of specialties, and per tradition any man or woman could come to them and be apprenticed in a new skill or trade.

L: This is really interesting. ANY man or woman? There’s no restrictions on social standing or sex? This must just be a Dalinar thing, because the rest of Alethi society sure hasn’t seemed this open-minded towards darkeyes or women. I really have to wonder what would happen if a darkeyed woman came to one of the swordmasters and demanded to become an apprentice…

A: We’ve run across this concept before—that anyone can come to the ardents for training. The biggest functional restriction is the simple ability to travel, and that’s not an insignificant difficulty. Assuming you can come up with the money to travel to where there are ardents capable of teaching what you want to know, though, there are still societal restrictions, such as the prohibition against darkeyes using swords. We did see ardents, however reluctantly, training Kaladin & his men to use swords, but they’re still restricted to actually carrying spears.

Basically, it’s a guarantee that you can learn a skill or trade other than what was available to you at home; there’s no guarantee that you’ll be able to use that skill, but you can learn it. I doubt most people would waste their opportunity by demanding to be taught a skill they’d never be able to use, though. The whole point is to be able to make a living, after all.

Among Iri’s three monarchs, currently two kings and a queen, the latter had authority over foreign policy, so she was the one they needed to talk to.

L: THREE monarchs? This is fascinating. Seeing as how one specifically has authority of foreign policy, I wonder what the other two have authority over? And can this even be technically called a monarchy, if the rule of governance is split amongst three people?

A: Well, technically, no—since the roots of the word imply one person ruling.

“It is with wondrous awe at the grandeur of the One that I approach you. The time for the world to undergo a glorious new experience has arrived.”

L: Ugh. It’s so flowery. And yet somehow also… unsettling.

A: I so much want to know more about this culture, and I have zero expectation of learning it any time soon.

“All experience is welcome,” came the reply. “We are the One experiencing itself–and this new storm is glorious even if it brings pain.”

L: Seems very Zen to me. I can sort of get behind this idea—I’ve certainly had experiences which caused me a great deal of pain, and those experiences helped me to better understand both myself and others who might be in similar situations. However…

“Perhaps the way to prevent another Desolation is to let the Voidbringers take what they wish. From our histories, sparse though they are, it seems that this was the one option men never explored. An experience from the One we rejected.”

L: This is taking it a bit far. I mean… they don’t know that they’d be turning over their own people to slavery or worse, but… it’s a pretty good bet.

A: Er… Ummm… Nope. Not without some very clear limits on that “take what they wish” part!

Tight Butts and Coconuts

“Yes, what every wife loves,” Navani said. “Seeing that in his spare time, her husband likes to roll around on the floor with half-naked, sweaty men.”

L: Welllllll I meeaaaaaan……… You know what, I’ll just leave it at that and say that Navani Kholin is still a treasure.

“I would prefer to give this task to another, as I don’t particularly feel–”

“Tough,” Dalinar said. “I need some practice, Kadash.”

Weighty Words

“And Shardplate?” Dalinar asked.

Related, but different, the Stormfather rumbled. You haven’t spoken the oaths required to know more.

L: So Shardplate musn’t have its own highspren, then, since Knights can still wear it without hearing screaming. Later on in the book when Kaladin seems to be about to gain his, we see the windspren forming around him—going theory is that they would eventually become his Plate. The lower spren that are associated with whichever the higher spren is for each order, presumably, would be the ones forming the Plate. If this is true, did those lower spren not die when the Knights forsook their oaths? Are they still trapped in Plate-form?

A: My best guess is that “trapped” isn’t quite the right word. When a piece of Plate gets destroyed, it regrows, and my current theory is that it regrows directly via the Cognitive realm, as the lesser spren regather and shape themselves back into Plate. I wouldn’t be at all surprised if it’s not necessarily the same spren, either—just the same variety, drawn to the “seed” of the existing plate and willingly forming into the needed shapes. I’m not sure you can call it “willing” if the spren have no inherent will of their own, but the point is that I don’t believe they’re coerced. It’s just what they do, like water condensing on cold glass.

“What of the thing we fight? Odium, the origin of the Voidbringers and their spren. Can he break oaths?”

No, the Stormfather said. He is far greater than I, but the power of ancient Adonalsium permeates him. And controls him. Odium is a force like pressure, gravitation, or the movement of time. Those things cannot break their own rules. Nor can he.

L: There’s a lot of Big Stuff going on in this little exchange. Big Stuff that I’m mostly going to leave to Alice because let’s face it, I’m not the Cosmere theory-crafter of the two of us.

A: I love this little passage! There’s so much Cosmere truth buried in it. We’ll learn more about this concept later, and we’ll talk about different aspects then, but this subject has come up several times recently. Odium, like Stormfather, like the spren, and like natural laws, simply cannot break certain rules. The way things are is, well, the way things are.

I think this holds the key to why Kaladin almost killed Syl in WoR; as a spren, she cannot bend or break the Ideals that form the Windrunner bond. It’s not that she’s too stubborn to stretch the rules a little, or even that she’s unreasonably demanding that he do what she wants. It’s simply, totally, inherently impossible for her to maintain a bond when her human doesn’t live by the Ideals that bind them together. She’s not “punishing” Kaladin by withdrawing her powers; even though he doesn’t understand how it works, his inability to remain committed to his Ideals damages the bond—blocks the pipes, in a manner of speaking. I have to assume that the old Knights Radiant had some understanding of this, and it would have been part of the training to learn about how the bond functions.

In a much later conversation, the Stormfather will make a distinction we need to keep in mind: humans don’t have oath-keeping built into their very being the way pieces of Adonalsium do, and so the two will never quite be able to understand each other.

“…even if the claim weren’t disputed, the queen doesn’t have any actual relation to Evi or her brother.”

L: Reaction gif time.

A: I thought this was so masterfully done. Assuming you didn’t know her name your first time through, you read it, and then there’s a “Wait, what?” moment, just before Dalinar’s … and then you catch it, just before the next bit, and the adrenaline, it does rush:

Memories blossomed in Dalinar’s head. He staggered, then slumped against the writing table, feeling as if he’d been struck by a hammer to the head.

Evi. He could hear his wife’s name.

And he suddenly remembered her face.

L: The only appropriate reaction gif for this.

Cosmere Connections

WARNING: Spoilers in this section for Warbreaker. You may wish to skip this section if you haven’t read it.

One man still lounged on his cushion. He wore a scruffy beard and clothing that seemed an afterthought–not dirty, but ragged, belted with rope.

“Not offended by my presence, Zahel?” Dalinar asked.

“I’m offended by everyone’s presence. You’re no more revolting than the rest, Mister Highprince.”

L: Well hello there, Vasher! How are you today? An interesting note, here; the word “mister” hasn’t been used at all in either Way of Kings or Words of Radiance. So here’s yet another clue that this guy’s from Somewhere Else. But we still don’t know why he’s here. Hunting down NIghtblood, perhaps? He sure seems to have been here for a long time, long enough to have earned entry into the ardentia and gained Dalinar’s trust. Alice, you’re just coming off the Warbreaker Reread, whereas it’s been years since I read it. What do you think?

A: Well… I think he and Nightblood came here together, and somehow in the transition or in the early years, Nightblood was stolen. I have the impression that Vasher came to Roshar so as to avoid the constant requirement of buying people’s Breath all the time; like he spent too much time around Vivenna and started to feel more guilt about holding other people’s Breath, or something. But who knows, maybe Nightblood misbehaved once too often, so Vasher decided to take him and move to Roshar where Nightblood could collect more Investiture without taking so much from people. I can’t help wondering when and why they got separated, but I don’t think we’re going to get that answer for a while yet.

“Every moment in our lives seems trivial,” Zahel said. “Most are forgotten while some, equally humble, become the points upon which history pivots. Like white on black.”

L: First of all, this is a really cool quote. Secondly, there’s our definitive hint that Zahel’s from Warbreaker, in case some readers didn’t pick up on it in Words of Radiance—the use of color metaphors are a dead giveaway.

“Lighteyed self-indulgence or serious sacrilege, either way it doesn’t affect me.”

L: Well, yeah. Because you’re not even from this world. Of course sacrilege to their god(s) isn’t going to matter to you. (Not that Vasher ever really seemed the pious type even on his own world…)

Quality Quotations

In a way, the death of their god gave him hope—for it Honor had fallen, surely Odium could as well.

 * * *

“I was merely one in a long line of idiots given the ability to kill people too easily.”

 

Well, that’s all for this week! Next week we’ll be going over chapter 17 by itself, since chapter 18’s a pretty long one. Join us in the comment section for more discussion about Warbreaker, theories, and wrestling!

Alice is, finally, mostly recovered from her adventures with eighth-graders. It was fun, but they have way more energy than she does!

Lyndsey is excited to be playing the role of “Ellen”-a-Dale at this year’s Robin Hood’s Faire in Lancaster, MA! If you live in New England, stop by some weekend and help her and the other Merry Men make a fool out of the Sheriff of Nottingham. If you’re an aspiring author, a cosplayer, or just like geeky content, follow her work on Facebook or her website.


Oathbringer Reread: Chapter Seventeen

$
0
0

Oathbringer by Brandon Sanderson

Alice: Welcome back to the Oathbringer reread, friends and frenemies! (Do we have any of those, Lyn?)

Lyn: Only the people who defend Moash.

A: Oh, yeah. Those. Well, y’all join us this week anyway to see the results of Kaladin’s choices back in Chapter 14, as he learns a few disturbing things about the parshmen he’s been following. Dive in to the discussion!

Reminder: we’ll potentially be discussing spoilers for the ENTIRE NOVEL in each reread. This week, there are teeny tiny references to The Bands of Mourning and Mistborn: Secret History in the Weighty Words section, so if you haven’t read those, you might want to skip Alice’s comments there. But if you haven’t read ALL of Oathbringer, best to wait to join us until you’re done.

Chapter Recap

WHO: Kaladin
WHERE: Rural Alethkar
WHEN: 1174.1.3.2 (the day after Chapter 14, when he surrendered to the parshmen)

Kaladin is a prisoner of the freed parshmen, who are making their way across the country in the dead of night. Syl reveals that the parshmen and their Voidspren guide can see her, so she’s masquerading as a windspren to avoid being recognized. After a startling realization about the nature of his captors, Kaladin cuts his own bonds and offers to help his captors. They accept.

Threshold of the storm

Title: Trapped In Shadows

I have spent my entire life living in a fog,” the parshman yelled at him. “Every day knowing I should say something, do something to stop this! Every night clutching my daughter, wondering why the world seems to move around us in the light—while we are trapped in shadows. They sold her mother. Sold her. Because she had birthed a healthy child, which made her good breeding stock.

“Do you understand that, human? Do you understand watching your family be torn apart, and knowing you should object—knowing deep in your soul that something is profoundly wrong? Can you know that feeling of being unable to say a single storming word to stop it?”

The parshman pulled him even closer. “They may have taken your freedom, but they took our minds.”

A: I know that’s a long quote, but I can’t help feeling that we need the whole thing in here. We’ll talk about it more below.

Heralds

Jezrien x 4: Herald of Kings, patron of Windrunners, divine attributes of Protecting & Leading, role of King.

A: This seems fairly clear: Kaladin, although he avoids doing anything Windrunner-y, is moving into a role of protecting and leading these lost souls. The spren guiding them doesn’t have much sense of how to actually take care of their physical needs or to keep them from being detected, so Kaladin just… does.

Icon

Kaladin’s Banner & Spears icon show that he’s the primary—and in this case, sole—POV.

Epigraph

It is not a lesson I claim to be able to teach. Experience herself is the great teacher, and you must seek her directly.
—From Oathbringer, preface

A: The double meanings, they are fraught! Obviously, in context of the in-world Oathbringer, Dalinar is talking about his own experiences, and his hope that by seeing what he has done, others may learn the same things through less painful experiences. In context of this chapter, though, Kaladin is trying to use his past experience to relate to the parshmen, and to teach them the things that will make their new experience less miserable. He’s also trying to learn what he can about their new forms and purposes, in order to give Dalinar the best possible information about them—and of course, that will now be done through his own experience as their fellow traveller.

Relationships & Romances

A: We see a couple of interesting tidbits in this chapter. The less obvious one is Kaladin’s brief reminiscence about his various escape attempts, one of which involved a person named Nalma. All we get here is her name; we’ll learn more (and talk more) about her in Chapter 97, many months from now.

The other relationship that begins to develop here is that between Kaladin’s primary as-yet-unnamed guard and his young daughter. Between scenes, Kaladin got a look inside that one good tent, and discovered that it held children—parsh children, which we’ve never seen mentioned before, but of course they brought their children. We see this little girl’s love for her father, and his for her, but we also get to see here her uncertainty and fear for him, and for all of her people:

“Will they really chase us?” the girl asked. “Why can’t they just let us go? Could you go back and tell them? We don’t want trouble. We just want to go away.”

A: This whole conversation is a big step in Kaladin’s loss of antagonism toward, and the development of friendship with, these particular parshmen, so there’s that relationship too. The conversation has a heartbreaking conclusion:

“Your ancestors—the people like you from long ago. There was a war, and…”
Storms. How did you explain slavery to a seven-year-old?

A: Indeed.

Bruised & Broken

A: Just one tiny quick note here, as Kaladin thinks that the end of the Weeping should be near, bringing highstorms and stormlight, but also:

Soon, blessedly, this would all dry up and he could finally see the sun again.

After the long, rainy months we’ve experienced here in the Pacific northwest, I can relate to this. These past few days of sunshine have been so welcome!

Squires & Sidekicks

L: I find it interesting to note that in the card game the parshmen were playing, Kaladin points out that “The squire can capture if supported by an allied card.” It would make sense if the rules of the card game are based in history—most games in our real world like chess or our own playing card suits at least slightly match up to real-world analogous actions or powers. A pawn in chess can only move and capture in small, clearly delineated actions whereas a queen or a knight has more power on the board. So, if the squire in the card game can capture if supported by allies, what does this imply about a squire’s historical power in Roshar back before the Recreance?

A: Well, it makes sense with what we’ve seen. A Knight Radiant’s squires can’t do much when their Knight is too far away, as witness Bridge Four while Kaladin is off chasing parshmen. But when he gets back, they will develop nearly the same range of powers that he has. It’s pretty clear, IMO, that this game does have strong foundations in the Knights Radiant; if a brightlord designates a squire, people will generally treat them with whatever respect is generated by the brightlord himself. But the Radiants have an immutable limitation: squires can’t capture do anything magic without the specific physical proximity of the Knight.

L: And then we get this other interesting little tidbit:

“[The King] can capture any other card except another king, and can’t be captured himself unless touched by three enemy cards of knight or better. Um … and he is immune to the Soulcaster.”

L: Immune to the Soulcaster, eh? Just a fun rule that someone thought of over the course of the years, or might there be some hint of truth in here?

A: I wish I knew… It seems so significant! Hey, I’m going to go look something up. BRB.

… Okay, I’m back. You know that Surgebinding chart on the front endpaper of The Way of Kings? There are lines connecting some orders to others besides the ones next to them. The Windrunners (Jezrien, King) are connected to the Edgedancers and the Lightweavers, but the line from the Lightweavers (who can soulcast) to the Windrunners is broken by the larkin. I have no idea if that means a tootin’ thing, but there it is.

Flora & Fauna

The rockbud needs a barrier between itself and the water outside for some reason, though it always seems eager to drink after a storm.

L: Interesting. I wonder why?

A: Maybe it can tell when enough water is enough, so it closes up and keeps the grain inside from getting waterlogged and rotting? Alternatively, maybe he’s got it backward: it’s eager to drink after a storm, but the barrier is there to keep the moisture from leaching out when things get dry.

Places & Peoples

Parshmen did breed, though people often spoke of them being bred, like animals. And, well, that wasn’t far from the truth, was it? Everyone knew it.

What would Shen–Rlain–think if Kaladin had said those words out loud?

L: Ah, the inbred racism. I love that Kaladin thinks of Rlain here, though. Often times, the best way to break yourself out of the privilege bubble is to make friends with someone who isn’t as privileged as you are. Seeing what they go through, or even hearing about it from someone you care about, is a more effective form of empathy than simply looking at things from the outside. Some people just have a hard time connecting to and understanding alternative points of view if they’ve never interacted with or befriended someone who holds that point of view—or place of privilege. So the fact that Kaladin is drawing from his friendship with Rlain to understand his new captors rings very true to me.

“You’re not monsters,” Kaladin whispered. “You’re not soldiers. You’re not even the seeds of the void. You’re just … runaway slaves.”

A: So… that could have been phrased better, dude, but this is a moment of revelation. Kaladin figures out why it all seemed so familiar, and all of a sudden the whole thing clicks for him. He understands them (in the way that’s important for him); they are no longer a terror nor a puzzle, but people in a known and sympathetic situation. Unfortunately, the parshman who overhears him misunderstands his “just runaway slaves” as sneering at them, rather than identifying with them.

L: However…

“When they make a human into a slave,” Kaladin said, “they brand him. I’ve been here. Right where you are.”

“And you think that makes you understand?”

L: I won’t quote the entirety of the parshman’s speech that follows this again, because it’s quite long, but the gist of it is “no, you do not understand, because you haven’t been living this hell for your entire life, your PARENTS didn’t live it, THEIR parents didn’t live it” and so on. And it’s true. Recognizing your privilege–as Kaladin has done–is important. But it’s equally as important to realize that no matter how well you can empathize, you can never truly understand, not unless you’ve been marginalized in a similar fashion yourself.

“They may have taken your freedom, but they took our minds.

L: This is so, so powerful.

A: Right through the heart.

“I may not understand what you’ve been through, but I do know what it feels like to run.”

L: Well done, Kal.

Weighty Words

“The Everstorm,” Syl said. “Power has filled the holes in their souls, bridging the gaps. They didn’t just wake, Kaladin. They’ve been healed, Connection refounded, Identity restored. There’s more to this than we ever realized. Somehow when you conquered them, you stole their ability to change forms. You literally ripped off a piece of their souls and locked it away.”

L: Yikes. There’s some really heavy parallels we could make here to slavery in the real world, but we’ve already discussed this concept at length above, and in this case—unlike the real world—we’re talking literal as opposed to conceptual. Not only did the humans steal the Listeners’ culture and sense of self, they literally locked away an integral part of their souls.

A: Oathbringer shows us a lot more of things like Connection and Identity than the previous two books. These are concepts introduced in the Cosmere mostly through The Bands of Mourning and Mistborn: Secret History, so speaking as a Cosmere geek, it’s rather exciting to see them overtly applied to The Stormlight Archive. Speaking as a human being, though, it’s appalling to see more specifically what’s been done to an entire race. The truly bizarre part comes in realizing that these sympathetic people (yay!) were healed (yay!) by a storm sourced in Odium (ack!! Help! NO!!). It’s a little disorienting.

Doom & Destiny

“What about the king?” his captor said, speaking in a soft voice, but turning his head to direct the question at Kaladin.

Elhokar? What … Oh, right. The cards.

“When I watched men play, they used this card rarely. If it is so powerful, why delay?”

“If your king gets captured, you lose,” Kaladin said. “So you only play him if you’re desperate or if you are certain you can defend him. Half the times I’ve played, I left him in my barrack all game.”

A: I can’t help thinking this is a bit of foreshadowing for the Kholinar venture.

L: THE FORESHADOWING. IT HURTS.

A: Why didn’t Elhokar just stay in the barrack Urithiru??? ::sniffle:: But I’d probably never have cared about him as much if he had, so … there’s that, I guess.

A Scrupulous Study of Spren

Syl zipped past, and when Kaladin tried to catch her attention, she just laughed and flew higher on a burst of wind.

A: My first instinctive reaction was an “Oh, NO!!” followed immediately by “She’s pretending to be a windspren, right, in case anyone sees her?”

She was acting so carefree. Too carefree? Like she’d been back before they forged their bond?

A: Obviously it was Kaladin’s fear, too, that something had affected their bond. But it was just Syl being clever:

“It’s not that,” she said, speaking in a furious whisper. “I think parshmen might be able to see me. Some, at least. And that other spren is still here too. A higher spren, like me.”

A: Aside from “no one is like you, Syl!” and the further evidence (as if we needed it) that parshmen see more of the Cognitive realm than humans do, that statement is a bit worrisome. I mean, we sort of knew that it had to be, but now it’s confirmed that there are higher spren, sapient spren, that are not “on our side” for whatever that means.

“The spren is guiding them,” Kaladin said under his breath. “Syl, this spren must be…” “From him,” she whispered, wrapping her arms around herself and growing small—actively shrinking to about two-thirds her normal size. “Voidspren.”

A: ::shiver::

Quality Quotations

“If it means they can’t take us again?” she said. “Yes, I’d kill him. I won’t go back, Ton.”

* * *

You were never free while you ran; you felt as if the open sky and the endless fields were a torment. You could feel the pursuit following, and each morning you awoke expecting to find yourself surrounded.

Until one day you were right.

* * *

“You think I’d trust you?” the parshman finally said. “You will want us to be caught.”

I’m not sure I do,” Kaladin said, truthful.

 

Okay, that was a boatload. Next week we’ll be addressing chapter 18; it’s a long one in which Shallan does many foolish things and another beta reader is tuckerized. For now, let’s take the discussion to the comments!

Alice is enjoying the finally-turned-to-spring weather of Seattle in May—for however long it lasts. In the “for what it’s worth” department, the Storm Cellar facebook group has been growing, and is only 48 members away from reaching 1000. The admin team is looking at some possible celebration ideas, so keep an eye out! Oh, and join the group, if you haven’t already!

Lyndsey is so happy that spring has finally sprung here in New England. If you’re an aspiring author, a cosplayer, or just like geeky content, follow her work on Facebook or her website.

Check Out the Cover for Brandon Sanderson’s New Novel Skyward

$
0
0

io9 has revealed the cover for Skyward, Brandon Sanderson’s new YA science fiction novel that turns the “a boy and his dragon” trope into “a girl and her starfighter” in a future where humanity is at war with aliens.

From the catalog copy:

Spensa’s world has been under attack for hundreds of years. An alien race called the Krell leads onslaught after onslaught from the sky in a never-ending campaign to destroy humankind. Humanity’s only defense is to take to their ships and combat the Krell. Pilots are the heroes of what’s left of the human race.

Becoming a pilot has always been Spensa’s dream. Since she was a little girl, she has imagined soaring above the earth and proving her bravery. But her fate is intertwined with that of her father—a pilot himself who was killed years ago when he abruptly deserted his team, leaving Spensa’s chances of attending Flight School at slim to none.

No one will let Spensa forget what her father did, but she is determined to fly. And the Krell just made that a possibility. They’ve doubled their fleet, which will make Spensa’s world twice as deadly . . . but just might take her skyward.

Here is the full cover, illustrated by Charlie Bowater and designed by Regina Flath:

 

Check out the book announcement trailer and prologue at io9.

Skyward will be available November 6, 2018 from Delacorte Press.

Oathbringer Reread: Chapter Eighteen

$
0
0

Oathbringer by Brandon Sanderson

Lyn: Greetings and welcome back to the Oathbringer Reread! This week Shallan—I mean, Veil—goes on the hunt for some information and learns a thing or two about hard liquor.

Reminder: we’ll potentially be discussing spoilers for the ENTIRE NOVEL in each reread. If you haven’t read ALL of Oathbringer, best to wait to join us until you’re done.

Chapter Recap

WHO: Shallan (Veil)
WHERE: Urithiru (Shallan’s quarters, marketplace)
WHEN: 1174.1.3.4 (same day as Dalinar’s sparring match in Ch. 16, the day after her training session with Adolin in Ch. 15)

Shallan dons her Veil persona and heads out into the marketplace, looking for information about the string of murders. She goes to a bar and learns a valuable lesson about hard liquor, then learns a more interesting one about her Stormlight healing—it also heals drunkenness! After getting some information out of a bouncer, she heads deeper into the marketplace, towards a tavern where someone was recently stabbed. After drinking an unhealthy amount of Horneater White, she finds a group of thugs with information about the killing. She proves herself to them in a rather dramatic fashion, then flashes the symbol of the Ghostbloods. The thugs inform her that this murder was a strangulation, not a stabbing—but another person was found the next night, killed in exactly the same fashion.

Threshold of the Storm

Title: Double Vision

Alice: The title isn’t a direct quote from the text this week, but was suggested by the second double murder and the blurred vision of Shallan’s drunky-spree.

L: Drunky-spree is a highly technical term. Very professional, we assure you.

Heralds

A: Shalash graces all four positions this week: patron of Lightweavers, called the Herald of Beauty; divine attributes Creative & Honest, and associated with the role of Artist. I’d call this a mixed bag of straight and ironic representation. Shallan is a Lightweaver (obviously) and is both creative and artistic in this chapter. She’s also deliberately not so beautiful, and totally not honest—either in her appearance, or in her internal issues.

Icon

Pattern, indicating a primarily/solely Shallan chapter

Epigraph

You cannot have a spice described to you, but must taste it for yourself.

–From Oathbringer, preface

L: This is very true. Like trying to describe color to someone who is blind, it’s nearly impossible to describe a taste without some sort of frame of reference. But this quote is clearly not just talking about taste. When in combination with the previous epigraphs (“You must know what I have done, and what those actions cost me. For in this comes the lesson. It is not a lesson I claim to be able to teach.”) the meaning becomes more clear. Dalinar is speaking about the experiences he’s endured, the pain he’s remembered. Grief and guilt are not emotions which can be easily described, like spices. Without having experienced them yourself, any description is the barest trace of the reality. A shadow, without any of the nuances or strength that enduring such an experience imbues. But how does this epigraph correlate to this particular chapter?

A: I think maybe experience is the connection here. Shallan starts out the chapter by taking on the persona of Veil, but she acknowledges that she doesn’t really have the experiences she pretends Veil has. She worries, rightly, that her portrayal will be off somehow, because she’s never “tasted the spice” before and is only guessing at some of the look, attitude, and behavior suitable to this character. Speaking of “tasting the spice”… that Horneater White is definitely a new taste!

Stories & Songs

How had anything ever grown up here? Her breath puffed out in front of her, and coldspren grew around her feet.

A: I don’t know how much of this I realized the first time through, but there are a LOT of hints that Urithiru not only had functional plumbing once upon a time, it had stuff like warm air, irrigation, and increased pressure. On the reread, I’m picking up a lot more of these, and it’s making me intensely curious! Then there’s this bit, where she’s looking out over the Breakaway market area:

Others were actual buildings. Small stone sheds that had been built inside this cavern, here since the days of the Radiants.

A: So of course I want to know what the Radiants used “small stone sheds” for back in the day, here inside this enormous tower full of rooms and hallways and open spaces. Maybe someday these things will be revealed.

Bruised & Broken

There was a simple relief for Shallan’s pain. There was an easy way to hide. Veil hadn’t suffered as Shallan had—and she was tough enough to handle that sort of thing anyway. Becoming her was like setting down a terrible burden.

A: We already knew that she was using her personalities to filter her reactions, but this hurts. Somehow, she’s really making herself into a completely different person, not just a role or an illusion. There’s still some of her left, as in

The part at the back of her mind that was still Shallan worried about this.

but it’s creeping me out. She’s squashing all her knowledge and experience into a tiny little corner of her mind. I’m sure it makes her better at playing other parts, but it’s just so… unhealthy.

L: Completely agree. I doubt anyone is a complete stranger to the joys of escapism—vanishing into the pages of a good book, for instance. Many people enjoy shutting out the real world for a few hours, forgetting whatever troubles they might be enduring in order to simply be somewhere (or someone) else. But actually living as another person is so troubling. I’m no master of psychology, but this sounds to me like the beginning of a case of dissociative identity disorder. Shallan hasn’t yet gotten to the stage where her identities are in open conflict, but she’s certainly heading in that direction.

“Well?” Veil asked, turning to the wall, where Pattern hung.

“Mmm…” he said. “Good lie.”

“Thank you.”

“Not like the other.”

“Radiant?”

“You slip in and out of her,” Pattern said, “like the sun behind clouds.”

L: PATTERN. NO. BAD SPREN. Do not enable this!

A: Well, there’s that, for sure! I do find it interesting, though, that he approves of the Veil illusion more than Radiant. Is he just more impressed with the complete change into Veil? Or does he see something dangerous in how easily Shallan can adjust the Shallan/Radiant ratio and be both at once?

“You must speak truths to progress, but you will hate me for making it happen. So I can die, and once done you can—”

“No. No, please don’t leave me.”

“But you hate me.”

“I hate myself too,” she whispered. “Just… please. Don’t go. Don’t die.”

L: Oh, Pattern. He’s too good for this (or any) world. Sweetest little spren. I’ve really gotta feel for Shallan here, too. Pattern’s the only thing she really has left. She hasn’t grown close enough to Adolin yet to fully trust and love him, so Pattern is her only friend and confidante. She can’t lose him too.

A: I seem to remember being really worried for her, if Pattern kept suggesting this. She’s lost so much already!

“Veil is just a face.”

No. Veil was a woman who didn’t giggle when she got drunk, or whine, fanning her mouth when the drink was too hard for her. She never acted like a silly teenager. Veil had never been sheltered, practically locked away, until she went crazy and murdered her own family.

L: Pattern’s got the right of it. I’m really hoping that Shallan eventually comes to realize this either in the time skip between books 3 and 4, or over the course of book 4.

A: This is a really big open-ended question! Part of the point of being a Lightweaver is to create illusions, and Shallan is becoming quite good at disguises. But sanity requires her to recognize them as disguises—as “just a face”—if she’s not going to go completely crackers. My guess is that she’ll make most of that progress between books, with a little work remaining to be done in book 4. (I’m assuming that Sanderson plans the year lapse to take care of a lot of logistics and progress that has to happen, but that would be boring to watch. After the agony of seeing Shallan falling to pieces in Oathbringer, I have to admit I wouldn’t mind if her recovery took place mostly off-screen!)

“My brothers. Pattern, I didn’t kill them, right? … I talked to Balat over spanreed. But… I had Lightweaving then… even if I didn’t fully know it. I could have fabricated that. Every message from him. My own memories….”

“Shallan,” Pattern said, sounding concerned. “No. They live.” … His voice grew smaller. “Can’t you tell?”

L: The fact that she can’t even trust her own memories isn’t entirely surprising, given how much she’s repressed up until now. I’d even go so far as to say that it’s pretty wise of her.

A: It may be wise of her, and I’m glad she can check with Pattern when she doesn’t trust herself. But this freaked me out. She honestly doesn’t seem to know if she killed her brothers, or if she just talked to them: they look like equally probable scenarios, and she doesn’t even know which is true.

Diagrams & Dastardly Designs

L: When Shallan/Veil uses the Ghostblood symbol to intimidate the thugs, it works far, far better than she expected. Why is this? What are they planning? We know that they’ll go to just about any length to accomplish their goals (as evidenced by the fact that they tried to assassinate Jasnah), so the fact that everyone is scared s***less of them makes perfect sense. But now that the “Desolation” they were searching for knowledge about has begun, what are they up to?

A: Shallan and Pattern both mention Mraize a couple of times in this chapter, and Shallan is frighteningly conflicted about the Ghostbloods. I mean, I don’t trust Mraize for a skinny minute, but Shallan still wants very much to stay connected to the organization despite what she knows they’ve done. They Know Things—or at least, they imply they know all the things, and she desperately wants to know too. Every time she thinks about them, I worry that her eagerness to gain information makes her way too easy to manipulate.

Squires & Sidekicks

They chatted a little longer, mostly with Shallan making the odd comment while the bouncer—his name was Jor—went off on various stories with many tangents.

L: Well, hello there, Jory! Jor is a tuckerization of beta reader and JordanCon Blademaster Jory Phillips.

A: Hey, Jory! ::waves:: This was a fun little scene, wasn’t it?

L: I loved Jor hitting on Veil. He seems like he’s a nice guy.

Flora & Fauna

The first moon had risen, violet and proud Salas. She was the least bright of the moons, which meant it was mostly dark out.

L: Let’s take a moment to chat about the moons. Multiple moons isn’t something unique to Roshar (I’m reminded of Dragonlance as well as any number of other fantasy series), but knowing Sanderson, I’m sure there’s more going on here than simply “different planet, multiple moons” and that’s it. So let’s start off with, how many moons are there on Roshar, Alice?

A: There are three moons: violet Salas, big blue Nomon, and little green Mishim. There’s a story about them later, which Sigzil fails to tell properly in chapter 35, and Hoid (of course) succeeds in telling well in chapter 67. We have no way of knowing whether it’s just a story, or whether there’s some grain of truth in it, but we do know that the moons’ orbits are artificial—for whatever that’s worth. The colors seem to be significant, and I wonder if they’re connected somehow to the three Bondsmith spren. Or… to the Shards?

Places & Peoples

No lighteyed woman would be able to prance around so obviously armed. Some mores grew more lax the farther you descended the social ladder.

L: I feel as if I’m constantly harping on the gender issues in Roshar. Apologies if it reads that way from an outsider’s opinion as well—perhaps it’s just a reflection of the times and I’m pushing back against the sexism that I see in so many fandoms in the real world these days. But I find it interesting that Shallan points out that she can’t carry a sword because she’s not a lighteyes, but even so a lighteyed woman wouldn’t be able to carry a weapon at all. The gender restrictions are lessened because she’s darkeyed. She can carry a long knife, but still not a sword. This does tie back into her conversation with Lyn, who’s actively fighting against these restrictions while Shallan simply seems to accept them.

A: Let’s not forget that the whole restriction against women with swords—and probably darkeyes too—ties back to the time just after the Recreance. The men jumped on the artificial gender distinction between one-handed and two-handed skills (incidentally proposed by a woman) so they could eliminate half the competition for the Shardblades; we know that it wasn’t an issue for the Radiants, so it most likely wasn’t an issue in society until that point. Then, once men were holding Blades long enough to make their eyes turn light, they created the artificial distinction (enforced with the same Blades, no doubt) between light- and dark-eyed people, and thus was born the caste system we see now. The lucky families who already had light eyes got carried along into the upper class (quite possibly at the lower dahns, though) and those with the power were at the top.

Incidentally, I wonder if the spren bond changes your DNA so that the light eyes become part of your genetic make-up, and are passed on to your children, or if the ones who held Blades started marrying only light-eyed women so as to support their scheme.

L: I was wondering the same thing regarding genetics and the passing on of the light-eyed “gene,” Alice.

She’d never seen an actual well before—everyone normally used cisterns that refilled with the storms.

L: I’d never thought of this before, but it’s true—what use would a society living where constant storms sweep over the land have for wells? (For this matter, I wonder if Shallan even knew the word/concept before coming to Urithiru!)

A: I’d think the bigger issue is that most of the ground is rock, which makes well-drilling a difficult task, and the water table would probably be way deep. I’m pretty sure the Shin would have wells, but whether Shallan would be aware of those is questionable. Maybe there are a few areas where wells are practical, near rivers or something, in Jah Keved?

The many wells in Urithiru, however, never ran out. The water level didn’t even drop, despite people constantly drawing water from them.

Scribes talked about the possibility of a hidden aquifer in the mountains, but where would the water come from?

L: All right, Sanderson. I know there’s more to this, you sneaky son of a kandra. What secrets are you hiding?

A: There’s definitely something sketchy going on here. I wonder if the various systems supported by Stormlight (the Sibling, I assume) have been slowly shutting down over the last 15 centuries or so, and this is the only one remaining. Or, which I think more likely, perhaps this is one of the few mechanical functions that doesn’t need Stormlight to function. Or maybe there’s a hidden power supply just for the wells, with gemstones positioned to be renewed by every highstorm without human attention. (Okay, I doubt it!) There’s definitely something odd, anyway.

Tight Butts and Coconuts

“I like him,” Pattern said.

“Who?” Veil said.

“The swordsman,” Pattern said. “Mmm. The one you can’t mate with yet.”

L: This joke will never get old.

“Why don’t you marry him, then?”

Pattern buzzed. “Is that—”

“No that’s not an option.”

A: I laughed SO hard over this one!

L: I wonder if any of the old Knights Radiant ever fell in love with their spren. My friend who is an adamant Kal/Syl shipper would get a huge kick out of that.

“I didn’t do a good job in there.”

“Of getting drunk? Mmm. You gave it a good effort.”

A: Speaking of the drink… I was amused by the barkeep’s explanation of the drink colors:

“That’s the same stuff, just without the fancy infusions the lighteyes put in theirs.”

A: I believe we have WoB that the Rosharan “wines” aren’t really what we’d think of as wine; they’re various forms of mild to hard liquor, brewed from whatever will ferment. Here we learn that the fancy colors are mostly added artificially; I guess for aesthetics and ease of identification? Seems to me like an enterprising young officer could easily find someone who would take something potent and color it to look like something mild, either as a prank or as a way to look innocuous. Just sayin’…

L: Sort of reminds me of gin, with all the infusions. But I doubt that Roshar’s got Juniper trees.

Weighty Words

The cloud around her mind puffed away, and her vision stopped spinning. In a striking moment, her drunkenness simply vanished.

L: Today on the ‘list of powers I wish I had…’ It’s really interesting the different things that Stormlight can heal. Sort of reminds me of the Flash’s accelerated healing, and how he can’t get drunk because of it.

A: I was amused by Pattern’s evaluation—that the Stormlight healed her of “the poison,” but he assumed she’d be angry because she drank the poison on purpose. Pattern’s efforts to understand human behavior never fail to entertain me.

Murderous Motivations

“That barmaid was strangled the exact same way as Rem, body dropped in the same position. Even had the marks of his ring scraping her chin like Rem did.” Her light brown eyes had a hollow cast to them, like she was staring at the body again, as it had been found. “Exact same marks. Uncanny.”
Another double murder, Veil thought. Storms. What does it mean?

A: This was the whole point of Shallan’s investigation excursion, and she almost missed it.This is when she gets the first hint that she’s not looking for a series of murders all done like the first, but a series of murder-and-copycat-murder episodes.

The tension… builds. (Just read that in your best foreboding-darkness voice, okay?)

A Scrupulous Study of Spren

“Humans… humans don’t care about the dead. You build chairs and doors out of corpses! You eat corpses! You make clothing from the skin of corpses. Corpses are things to you.”

L: I meeeaaaan… he’s not wrong.

A: Technically, no, but his word choice is rather disturbing!

“It is grotesque,” he continued, “but you all must kill and destroy to live. It is the way of the Physical Realm.”

L: Really interesting to see this from an outsider’s perspective. It’s true—and I can see how it would be super creepy to a society that doesn’t work this way. This raises the question, though… do spren need to eat? If so, what do they eat?

A: Ummm… I don’t think they eat? They’re personifications of ideas, so I have this vague notion that all they need is for someone to think them. (This sounds very Peter Pan, doesn’t it? “Do you believe?”) I mean, it’s not entirely true for every single spren, and a little less so for the higher spren, but in general I think they gain their existence from the concepts formed by people, and are maintained the same way. I could, of course, be completely wrong, because I don’t have a shred of supporting evidence. Readers, what say ye?

Quality Quotations

“She’s just enjoying a little free time,” Jor said. “Sure, sure. With eyes like those? I’m sure that’s it.”

* * *

“I’ve seen your type, with that haunted look.”

A: Both barkeepers commented on her look; I assume they were seeing the same thing? What?

The lighteyed woman across from her hushed a jabbering man by touching his lips. She wore the havah, but without a safehand sleeve—instead, she wore a glove with the fingers brazenly cut off at the knuckles.

A: Gasp! The hussy!!

L: So scandalous.

“Look, I see your mark here, in blood. Ur’s seat. I was wrong.” She frowned. “But mine’s here too. Suppose you can sit in my lap, if you want.

 

Next week, we’ll plan to take on Chapter 19, flashing back to the day Young!Dalinar first sees Evi, and also Chapter 20, wherein Kaladin teaches the parshmen survival skills and becomes conflicted. (There’s a surprise.)

Alice is right on the edge of being overwhelmed by all the end-of-school-year and preparation-for-vacation-travel craziness that’s creeping up on her. Still, the sun is shining on Seattle, and that’s not nothing.

Lyndsey is having a blast tormenting the Sheriff of Nottingham at this year’s Robin Hood’s Faire as “Ellen”-a-dale, which is about as close to living in the Robin Hood legend as she’s going to get. No worries, though—she recognizes that the character is just a “face,” unlike Shallan. If you’re an aspiring author, a cosplayer, or just like geeky content, follow her work on Facebook or her website.

Oathbringer Reread: Chapters Nineteen and Twenty

$
0
0

Oathbringer by Brandon Sanderson

Welcome back to the Oathbringer Reread, loyal Knights, Ardents, or whatever else you are! This week we’ll be covering two chapters, in which we see a bit more of Dalinar’s past (and his first meeting with Evi!) and get a little glimpse of Kaladin’s continued journey with the parshmen. Questions abound in these chapters… how crazy was young!Dalinar for walking around in a highstorm? Who sent that assassin after Gavilar? What makes an enemy, and who deserves to die in a war? And just what the heck are those spindly light-things that are walking around in the highstorms, anyway?

Reminder: we’ll potentially be discussing spoilers for the ENTIRE NOVEL in each reread. If you haven’t read ALL of Oathbringer, best to wait to join us until you’re done, but we don’t have any broader Cosmere speculation this time around, so if you haven’t read the rest of Sanderson’s books, you’re safe to read on.

Chapter Recap

WHO: Young!Dalinar; Kaladin
WHERE: Somewhere in Alethkar; both are in unspecified locations
WHEN: 1142 (31 years ago, or about 2 years after the previous flashback); 1174.1.3.4 (the day after we last saw him at the end of Chapter 17)

Chapter 19

In this flashback chapter, Dalinar is attending a feast with his brother and Sadeas. He realizes that he’s forgotten his favorite knife, and heads out into the highstorm to look for it. When he returns, everyone is horrified that he just went out for a casual stroll in the midst of such carnage. Gavilar has a discussion about the Rirans who wish to form an alliance with them in return for a set of Shardplate, then an assassin attempts to stab him. Dalinar thwarts the attempt, then agrees to marry Evi, the Riran ambassador’s sister.

Chapter 20

After that fun little flashback (which is the last fun flashback we’ll see out of Dalinar for the rest of the book), we return to Kaladin and his group of runaway Parshmen. Not much happens here, except for a deep conversation about who deserves to have a say in the slavery of the Parshmen, which we’ll get into below.

Threshold of the Storm

Titles

The Subtle Art of Diplomacy; Cords to Bind

“I wonder if men who use cords to bind are fools, since tradition, society, and momentum are going to tie us all down anyway.”

Lyn: Good old Sanderson, dropping these philosophical truth-bombs on us one after another.

Heralds

Chana & Vedel

Alice: Chapter 19 has Chanarach in all four spots: the Guard, Brave & Obedient, patron of the Dustbringers. That’s… sort of everywhere here, isn’t it? Dalinar guarding his brother, brave in warfare but obedient to Gavilar’s political need, and also rather destructive when loosed.

Chapter 20, interestingly enough, gives us Vedel: the Healer, Loving & Healing, patron of the Edgedancers; she’s apparently also a real healer, since Taln’s mutterings claimed that she would train the surgeons in preparation for a Desolation. The chapter starts with Kaladin bandaging Khen’s arm and giving instructions for wound care, but it’s all about caring for people… and figuring out how to know who to care for.

Icon

Kholinar glyph, inverted for 19, Kaladin’s spears and banner for 20.

Epigraph

None for chapter 19, 20’s is as follows:

However, with a dangerous spice, you can be warned to taste lightly. I would that your lesson may not be as painful as my own.

—From Oathbringer, preface

A: Last week we talked about spices as something you need to experience for yourself, and tied it to Shallan’s inability to truly be Veil because of never having experienced that lifestyle. This week, Kaladin is having difficulty “tasting lightly”—it’s not in his character to care superficially for people. When he becomes involved in someone’s cause, he tends to throw himself fully into it—being the best soldier in Amaram’s army, protecting his bridgemen, protecting the Kholin family, and now aiding this troop of former parshmen. And as we all know, that inability to taste lightly—or care lightly—is going to hurt later. That doesn’t mean it’s a bad thing, but it’s going to be painful. Maybe not as painful as Dalinar’s lesson, though, so there’s that.

Stories & Songs

Outside the feast hall, a storm raged like a madman who’d been locked away, impotent and ignored.

L: Interesting choice of words here, considering that later in his life Dalinar will lock away one of the Heralds who returned, thinking him a madman…

Relationships & Romances

“Excuse me, Lord Gavilar,” Toh stammered. “I… I find myself in need of refreshment.”

L: This poor guy. Dalinar must look like an absolute monster to him—and he’s got to face the fact that his sister is going to have to spend the rest of her life with him.

But that hair. It made her stand out, like a candle’s glow in a dark room.

A:Like father, like son? Because that’s almost the exact same reaction Adolin had, the first time he saw Shallan.

L: Because I was curious, I went and looked it up:

Who was that?
Gorgeous red hair. There wasn’t a single lock of black in it.

L: Guess the Kholins just have a thing for hair!

A: Apparently! But they also have a thing for different. Part of what appealed to Adolin was that Shallan was so different than the Alethi, with her red hair, her slenderness, and her fair skin.

L: And the freckles. He definitely pointed out her freckles. (Adorable.)

A: Yes, he did! Here, Dalinar notes Evi’s slenderness as well, and in both scenes the men call out the women’s figures as a contrast to the typical Alethi… statuesque build. I suppose for Dalinar, part of the appeal is that Evi doesn’t look anything like Navani, but still—both Dalinar and Adolin seem to be drawn to the way their respective brides-to-be look so different from everyone else.

L: This seems pretty true-to-life, in general. A lot of people are attracted to the exotic.

Bruised & Broken

“I know it looks deep, but it’s often better to be cut deep by a sharp knife than to be raggedly gouged by something dull.”

L: I’m going to put my pricey English BA degree to use here and posit that Sanderson’s not just talking about physical wounds. Better to be hurt swiftly and deeply than to have something drag on and on. The question is, which particular emotional wound would this be foreshadowing? Kaladin’s pain over seeing those on both sides of the conflict die? Moash’s betrayal? Something deeper that we haven’t seen yet (please god no, poor Kal’s been through enough)?

A: Tarah, maybe? Or Amaram’s betrayal and the murder of his squad? In the first case, it seems to have been fairly quick (though we’ll talk more about that when we get the story). In the second, the initial betrayal was pretty sharp, but the ongoing fact of the slavery to which Amaram sold him definitely dragged on. And on. And on.

On the other hand, the arc that Kaladin goes through when they reach Kholinar, of getting to know the Wall Guard and then the agony of watching his friends killing each other, followed by the slog through Shadesmar feeling helpless and conflicted, and repeated unable to speak the fourth Ideal… that could definitely be foreshadowed right here. Ouch.

“I hate,” Sah continued, “feeling like a child. … I hate being taught things that I should already know. Most of all, I hate needing your help. We ran. We escaped. Now what? You leap in, start telling us what to do? We’re back to following Alethi orders again.”

L: I feel so bad for these parshmen.

A: I know, right? Kaladin has so much to offer them, but it’s got to feel just horrible to have to learn it from him. I long to see some of these former slaves found by the former Listeners, assuming Thude & Co. managed to survive. (We still don’t know, do we?)

“And that’s why we should be free now? Because we’re acting like you? We deserved slavery before, when we were different?”

L: Hoo boy. There’s a lot going on in this little bit. Cultural Erasure—one culture trying to force another to conform to their ideals and norms—is a long-standing tradition in humanity. We see it in the missionaries of old Christianity, we see it in the European settlers when they discovered the Native Americans, and we see echoes of it in gentrification today. If someone is different, the first tendency historically speaking seems to be to change it to suit our own view of “normalcy.” Or, as in this case… to enslave it. To view it as lesser than. Sah’s got an excellent point that just because they’re acting like “normal” Alethi now, doesn’t mean that they were any less deserving of respect when they weren’t.

A: It’s far more complicated than that, though. On the one hand, the parshmen would never have been enslaved had not Melishi broken their Connection.

L: …who? Is this more WoB stuff that I’m not caught up on?

A: Oops. Right. Melishi was referenced in the epigraph to WoR chapter 58; he was the Bondsmith who came up with the idea that “dealt with the Voidbringers.”

L: So all of this was spelled out there, or is this a combination of epigraph and WoB type stuff?

A: It’s kind of a combination. There’s some spelled out, and some stacked together by combining epigraphs. As I understand it (and I could be wrong on this), Melishi concocted and enacted the plan to trap the Unmade that gave the parsh the ability to bond spren and take on the forms. On a bet, this ended the “false Desolation,” which happened sometime after the Oathpact was broken but before the Recreance. (Or some guess that this was actually at the same time as the Recreance.)

L: Ahhhh okay. Thanks! Now back to your regularly scheduled train of thought…

A: Well, once their Connection was broken, the parsh might have died out as a people without the humans taking care of them. That doesn’t justify ownership of once-sapient beings, necessarily, and it most certainly doesn’t justify treating them like animals as some clearly did. At the same time, since the humans broke them, it was the responsibility of the humans to care for them, and it seems only fair that they should participate in their own care by doing useful work.

It’s really a complex issue. Was Melishi wrong to end a war by imprisoning the Unmade who enabled the parsh to take on the forms? He probably saved a lot of lives by doing it—both human and parsh. Once done, would it then have been wrong to let the mind-numbed parsh wander off and die out? Was it better to take them in… and make slaves of them? There’s no easy answer. (But oh, how it hurts to know that a sapient people were reduced to bare sentience by the action of one man.)

Storms, I shouldn’t be here. I’m starting to want to defend these people! Teach them to fight. I don’t dare—the only way I can fight the Voidbringers is to pretend there’s a difference between the ones I have to protect and the ones I have to kill.”

A: Well, that there is some seriously painful foreshadowing! I’m pretty sure this will tie to Kaladin’s fourth Ideal, but in the meantime, it’s exactly why he froze in Kholinar: because there was no difference, in that moment, between the ones he had to protect and the ones he had to kill. He had to protect them all, but they were all killing each other. So he froze.

L:It’s heartbreaking. I love what Sanderson’s doing here. This isn’t clear-cut Good vs Evil like Tolkien’s orcs—the bad guys aren’t dressed all in black and laughing maniacally as they’re tying damsels to the train tracks. They’re just people, people with a legitimate grievance and reason to seek retribution for the wrongs that have been done to them. Both sides are the “good guys.”

A: That Sanderson. Again with the complex scenarios that cannot be fixed and tied up with a nice neat bow.

Squires & Sidekicks

A: I’m going to put this here, where it doesn’t entirely belong, but … sort of?

“We’ve been assessing the sister,” Ialai said, leaning in from Gavilar’s other side. “She’s a touch vapid—”

“A touch?” Navani asked.

“—but I’m reasonably sure she’s being honest.”

… “She kept trying to eat with her safehand,” Navani said, eyebrow cocked.

… “They go about half-clothed out in the far west, you know. Rirans, Iriali, the Reshi. They aren’t as inhibited as these prim Alethi women. I bet she’s quite exotic in the bedroom.…”

A: This really infuriated me. I’ve never liked Ialai (we weren’t supposed to, right?) but I’ve always loved Navani. Until this. I remind myself that they’re probably in their early twenties, and they haven’t likely traveled outside of Alethkar, but they make fun of Evi simply because she comes from a culture different than their own. Young!Navani isn’t a terribly nice person any more than Young!Dalinar, though she’s not as barbaric as he is, and she doesn’t need to change as much over the next thirty years.

L: Yeah. This has a bit of a Mean Girls vibe to it and it’s a little off-putting.

Flora & Fauna

Dalinar glanced and saw something luminous in the distance: a gargantuan figure that moved on spindly glowing legs.

A: What under the three moons is this? I’ve heard a variety of theories, but none of them really answer all the objections. If it were the larger form of a chasmfiend, wouldn’t Dalinar recognize it later? If it were a thunderclast, likewise. In fact, that’s the biggest argument against it being any of the creatures we’ve seen so far—Dalinar has seen all of them, and has never once thought that one of them was similar to that thing he saw in the storm.

The best I can say is that it’s probably in the category of things that rely on spren & Stormlight in order to function at that size.

L: A stormspren, perhaps? If there are rainspren, surely the storm itself must have one, and it would be far larger than most other spren. The Stormfather isn’t really the manifestation of the storm itself, after all—it’s more like he possesses it. Perhaps smaller storms have these as well. (Although, come to think of it… does Roshar even have smaller storms, or is it just the highstorm—and now the Everstorm—that sweeps through?)

A: Hmmm. I hadn’t thought about the possibility that it might be a spren, rather than a spren-supported critter. I’ve also assumed that it’s likely the same sort of beastie that Kaladin and Shallan saw during the highstorm in their chasm crawl, in Words of Radiance, Chapter 74:

He swore he saw an enormous figure walking up there, a glowing inhuman form, followed by another, alien and sleek. Striding the storm. Leg after leg, until the glow passed.

Is it valid to assume they’re the same kind of critter? Or are there multiple strange and usually not-seen beasts wandering around during highstorms? I’ve been checking, and as near as I can tell, every question touching the subject has gotten a RAFO. Guess we’ll have to… um… read and find out.

Places & Peoples

“Yes, sieges happen now and then, but it’s very hard to starve out a city’s soldiers while there are Soulcasters and emeralds to make food.”

L: Tactically, this is really interesting to think about! The challenges inherent in defeating an enemy who has a limitless supply of food and rain-water, thanks to the highstorms…

A: I enjoyed the brief tactical discussions in this chapter. They didn’t go into an extended strategy infodump, but I love the way these Westerners give us a chance to learn about different approaches to warfare. Like, you can’t starve them out if they have Soulcasters.

“Soulcasters. We have not these things in Rira or Iri.”

L: I wonder why not…

A: I wonder how much fabrial technology they have at all; we haven’t really been told how widespread it is. I suspect the reason Rira and Iri don’t have them might be related to the source of the supply; as far as we know, no one around now is capable of making new ones, right? So every Soulcaster fabrial in existence is from the ones that have been maintained since way back whenever-they-were-made, which seems to have been at least before the scouring of Aimia, right? Hmm. Clearly I need to go research Soulcasters again, because I can’t remember what we know about them!

L: Well, Navani and others are making fabrials, but Soulcasters? I’m not sure either…

A: And something just occurred to me: will the fact that the Iri don’t have Soulcasters come into play as the war progresses? Or did it already—did they give in so quickly because the Fused were able to starve them into submission, and we just don’t know that part yet?

“House Kholin, House Sadeas… all of the princedoms. Their founders were [the Sunmaker’s] sons, you know.”

L: This is very cool, and makes a lot of sense. Of course the conqueror’s children would split up his kingdom amongst themselves.

A: Naturally. It makes me wonder about what happens when Gavilar conquers a princedom by killing the highprince, though. Does his next of kin take over, as long as he’ll swear fealty? Or do they give it to someone who supports them, and just claim right of something-or-other to say, “Well, this guy is descended from Sunmaker too”?

“They’re master-servants, Dalinar,” his brother said, making a sign by raising his hand in a particular way. “The sign of need, remember?”

L: Interesting. I don’t remember these being mentioned before…

A: Oh, they’re around. I’ve been dressing as a master-servant at almost every Sanderson signing since TWoK came out! They’re just… servants, and you don’t think that hard about them. We first saw them when Shallan went to the Conclave in Kharbranth, back in TWoK Chapter 3. You recognize them because they wear white shirts with black skirts or trousers, and they’re high servants. Shallan’s father could never get any master-servants to work for him, because they didn’t like the working conditions and they are in high enough demand to be choosy.

L: I guess it’s true what they say about servants being invisible, even in fiction. Though if we had any as POV characters, that would probably help!

A: Honestly, if he hadn’t described the outfit enough times for me to think, “Hey, that would be an easy cosplay!” I probably wouldn’t really have noticed them either. They sure are the stereotype of the snooty servant, though!

Shardplate.

Taken from his homeland of Rira and brought east, as far as Toh could get from his kinsmen—who were reportedly outraged to find such a precious heirloom stolen.

L: Well, this explains why the Rirans are still so mad at Dalinar in the present time. I do wonder, however, how Toh expects to form any sort of alliance without the backing of his kin. We get this a little later:

“They want someone who can protect them, someone their family will be too afraid to attack.” … “If people outside of the kingdom start coming to me for refuge and treaties, we might be able to sway the remaining highprinces.”

L: Did Toh know this going into negotiations? What exactly was he offering, other than the Shardplate? Or was he just assuming that the Shardplate was valuable enough to warrant granting the rest of his demands?

A: I think the latter—he knew Shardplate would be extremely valuable, so he wanted to find someone who a) could protect him if the fam came looking for him and b) was strong enough to hold onto it for his and his sister’s lifetimes—or at least long enough that any pursuit would have given up.

Tight Butts and Coconuts

Instead we usually break down the walls quickly, or—more commonly—we seize the high ground and use the vantage to pound the city for awhile.

L: I’m sorry, I had to.

A: ::gigglesnort::

“Teleb,” Dalinar said, standing in the doorway. “Did I lend you my belt knife? My favorite one, with the whitepine ivory on the grip?”

L: I absolutely love this, because I can just see it so clearly from the soldiers’ perspective. The highstorm raging outside, then something comes banging on their door. Who could be mad enough to be outside in this? Then the Shardblade slicing through the bar, and the door blowing open to reveal Dalinar, hair whipping in the wind, soaked to the skin… and he just nonchalantly asks for his knife, as if nothing at all were strange about this situation. And then there’s this:

Dalinar stepped back up to the feast hall, gave the whatever-it-was a rude gesture, then pushed open the door—throwing aside the two servants who had been holding it closed—and strode back in. Streaming with water, he walked up to the high table, where he flopped into his chair and set down his mug. Wonderful. Now he was wet and he still couldn’t eat his pork.

Everyone had gone silent. A sea of eyes stared at him.

L: Classic moment of comedy, the awkward silence.

“I will see to your desires of course, though you might wish to know that the sign is off. If you’ll allow me to demonstrate—”

Dalinar made a rude gesture. “Is this better?”

L: I can’t really say that I love young Dalinar, because let’s face it—the man’s an ass. But this made me laugh out loud.

A: This whole sequence was gold. Dalinar categorically refuses to be civilized tonight. Everyone—from the soldiers to the master-servants to the lighteyes to the guests—is floored by his uncouth behavior, but it turns out to be exactly what Gavilar needed to gain an advantage he’d been seeking for years.

“If someone insulted my biceps, I wouldn’t attack him,” Dalinar said. “I’d refer him to a physician, because obviously something is wrong with his eyes.”

L: Okay there, Drax the Destroyer.

Dalinar kicked at the assassin to be sure he was dead. He nodded to himself, righted his chair, sat down, then leaned over and yanked the man’s knife from his chest. A fine blade.

He washed it off in his wine, then cut off a piece of his steak and shoved it into his mouth.

L: Oh my god, Dalinar, you can’t just… You… ::massages temple:: Okay. You just… do you, bro.

A: Well, it’s not like he was going to drink the wine after that. He’s not a barbarian.

L: ::giggle::

Weighty Words

An explosive burst of wind drove him against the wall, and he stumbled, then stepped backward, driven by instincts he couldn’t define. A large boulder slammed into the wall, then bounced away.

L: Simple warrior’s instinct, or a harbinger of his eventual Radiant-ness?

A: You took the words right out of my mouth… er… keyboard? Every time Dalinar does something spooky-good, I wonder this thing.

Mundane Motivations

Sadeas held court with a group of lesser lighteyes at a table across the hall. Every one of that group had been carefully chosen: men with uncertain loyalties. He’d talk, persuade, convince. And if he was worried, he’d find ways to eliminate them.

L: I always find it fascinating to see that Sadeas was the negotiator, the diplomat. Perhaps it’s just because I hate him so much for leaving Dalinar to die (not to mention his treatment of the bridgemen), but he doesn’t seem like the type to be a successful diplomat. He’s just… cruel and heartless! Don’t you need to have some empathy in order to negotiate successfully?

A: I’ve been informed that a sociopath can be very good at manipulating people, and you wouldn’t have to work hard to convince me that Torol Sadeas is a sociopath.

But that reminds me of something else that puzzled me, because the next sentence is:

Not with assassins, of course. They all found that sort of thing distasteful; it wasn’t the Alethi way.

A: Later in life (like back in the first two books) both Ialai and Jasnah have some pretty amazing networks of spies and assassins. Is it a women’s thing, or is it that once they became “civilized” and formed a “unified” kingdom, they couldn’t just smash people any more and had to be sneaky?

L: Oh yeah… I’d forgotten that Jasnah had assassins… Interesting that the quote specifically says the ALETHI way, though. That implies, at least to me, both men and women. Maybe the ladies just aren’t letting the men in on this little facet of their own personal Daes Dae’mar.

A: Speaking of assassins, we never find out who sent the one that shows up here. I guess it must not really matter that much—probably one of those four highprinces that are still standing against Gavilar—and the storytelling point was for Dalinar to impress Toh by protecting Gavilar so readily.

L: I wouldn’t be the least bit surprised if it was Sadeas, but I have absolutely no reason to suspect him other than the fact that he’s a jerk.

“In all the history of mankind, has any conqueror decided they had enough? Has any man just said, ‘This is good. This is what I wanted,’ and gone home?”

L: This is a really good question, and one I’d be interested to hear the answer to in regards to our world, too. History buffs! Care to enlighten us in the comments?

A Scrupulous Study of Spren

He caught a few shockspren around them, like triangles of yellow light, breaking and reforming. Rare spren, those were.

L: You know… some spren are more geometric, like these, while others seem more natural—like rainspren, which look like candles with a single eye for the flame (this still creeps me out). I wonder if there’s some rhyme or reason to this?

A: Ooooh, what a fascinating study! I wonder if the emotion spren tend toward geometrics, while the natural-phenomenon spren are more object-oriented. I’ll have to look into that… unless someone already has!

“I think I can sense a highstorm coming,” she whispered.

“What? Really?”

She nodded. “It’s distant still. A day or three.” She cocked her head. “I suppose I could have done this earlier, but I didn’t need to. Or know I wanted to. You always had the lists.”

L: Well that’s an interesting development.

Quality Quotations

“That’s foolishness, Gavilar. When people fight, it’s about the stuff. That’s it.”

 * * *

“That yellow spren isn’t any better,” Sah muttered. “Hurry up. Keep moving. She tells us we’re free, then with the very next breath berates us for not obeying quickly enough.”

 * * *

They’d also mentioned to him the sounds they heard, distant rhythms, almost music.

A: IIRC, this is the first time the troop mentions hearing the rhythms. It seems to imply that although their Connection was restored, they didn’t really get all the effects right away.

 * * *

“Middle ground only comes in war after lots of people have died—and only after the important people are worried they might actually lose.”

 

Next week we’re going to take on two Shallan chapters (21 and 22) in which Shallan will be horribly illogical, and also a couple of “old friends” (read “horrible people we don’t trust as far as we can throw a chasmfiend”) show up in a disturbing place.

Alice has … pretty much nothing to say for herself today. She’s very much enjoyed the beta and pre-gamma versions of Skyward, and is looking forward to the gamma. She’s also very eager to find out what Sanderson’s new “Secret Project” is. Other than that… the end of the school year is approaching rapidly, so her life is crazy busy.

Lyndsey has finally managed to make a breakthrough in the second draft of her fifth novel, after having been stalled on it for several months. She’s quite certain that there’s no better feeling than finally getting back in the editing saddle after a long dry period. If you’re an aspiring author, a cosplayer, or just like geeky content, follow her work on Facebook or her website.

Oathbringer Reread: Chapters Twenty-One and Twenty-Two

$
0
0

Oathbringer by Brandon Sanderson

Lyn: Greetings, brightlords and ladies! Welcome back to yet another installment of the Oathbringer reread—which, judging by how “swiftly” my bookmark is creeping through the book, will be running well into the next year. But hey, that just means more time to spend analyzing theories and arcs, swooning over characters, or facepalming over their actions, and of course hanging out with all of you in the comments section! (I promise we’ve been reading your comments, even if we haven’t been contributing too much lately.) And, of course… waiting for Sanderson to begin writing book 4, so we can all obsessively start watching that little meter start going up on his website.

Oh. Is that just me?

Alice: ::ahem:: ::shifty-eyes::

L: ::cough:: Anyway! This week’s chapters are both featuring Shallan, which means lots of snark, adorable conversations with Adolin, and mysterious machinations being played out by the Ghostbloods behind the scenes! And, of course…

Chickens. Glorious glorious Rosharian chickens. Or… maybe not Rosharian? Join us, won’t you?

Reminder: we’ll potentially be discussing spoilers for the ENTIRE NOVEL in each reread. This week, there are also minor spoilers for Sixth of the Dusk in the Cosmere Connections section, so beware of that. But if you haven’t read ALL of Oathbringer, best to wait to join us until you’re done.

Chapter Recap

WHO: Shallan
WHERE: Urithiru—Sebarial’s quadrant, Sadeas’s quadrant
WHEN: 1174.1.3.5 (Afternoon following Veil’s binge in Chapter 18)

Shallan crawls out of bed, hung over and exhausted, to find Adolin asking her to accompany him to a meeting with Sadeas’s widow, Ialai. They have a brief conversation about how to treat your subordinates, then arrive at Sadeas’s section of Urithiru only to find Mraize of the Ghostbloods serving Ialai.

Shallan goes off into the other room with Mraize, where he orders her to do what she’s already doing—investigate the strangeness in Urithiru, and secure it. In return, he’ll give her information on her dead brother, Heleran. They return to the main room where Ialai instructs Adolin to pass along any information he discovers on Sadeas’s murder to the man leading her own investigation—Highmarshal Amaram.

Threshold of the storm

Titles: Set Up to Fail; The Darkness Within

A: Neither of the titles are direct quotes from the chapters this week. The first, “Set Up to Fail,” is a quote from the beta version, which was edited out, but it’s still implied:

A failed soldier is often one that has been failed, one set up to fail.

It was suggested as a title because along with the way Shallan has inadvertently set her soldiers up for failure, the chapter ending also feels that Shallan is being set up.

The second, “The Darkness Within,” is IMO a brilliant choice. It reflects not only the darkness (referred to by Mraize) within Urithiru, but also the secret Shallan accuses Adolin of having, Shallan’s own myriad dark secrets, probable darkness within the Ghostbloods (who want to use the presence of Voidbringers for their own ends), and all of the other dark mysteries hanging over our heads at this point.

L: Not to mention foreshadowing the actual literal darkness within Urithiru right now—the Midnight Mother.

Heralds

A: Chapter 21 shows Chana, the Guard, patron of Dustbringers, Brave & Obedient. I’m thinking there are plenty of guards here to justify her! But seriously, the conversation between Adolin and Shallan about her guards, and the reason they need to be there, is some profound insight. The chapter also shows Adolin obeying Dalinar’s request to talk to Ialai, a thing he really dreads. And then of course there’s Ialai’s new “guard”…

Chapter 22’s Herald is Paliah: the Scholar, patron of Truthwatchers, with the divine attributes of Learned and Giving. This is more challenging to interpret. On a guess, it’s at least partly reflective of Mraize’s instructions to Shallan to find the source of the darkness. Another reason might be Adolin’s logic regarding Dalinar’s obvious lack of culpability for Sadeas’s death, Ialai’s reluctant and hostile acceptance of his argument, and the totally hostile agreement between the two about how the investigation should proceed.

Icon

Both are Pattern, because the POV is solely Shallan’s.

Epigraph

I am no storyteller, to entertain you with whimsical yarns. I am no philosopher, to intrigue you with piercing questions.

—From Oathbringer, preface

L: Interesting that Dalinar should say this, considering the famous quote from Wit from book 1:

“The purpose of a storyteller is not to tell you how to think, but to give you questions to think upon.”

Both of the Oathbringer quotes play into this, and I think it points out how very differently Dalinar and Wit view the act of storytelling. Dalinar, who is straightforward almost to a fault, doesn’t seem to believe that there could be any further message underlying his words. He just wants to get his story out, to come clean. He seems to be blind to the fact that this story may resonate with others and give them questions to think upon. Good thing Wit’s not around to rub this in his face…

Stories & Songs

For now, they occupied little pockets of civilization within the dark frontier that was Urithiru.

A: This is in the context of how each of the eight highprinces who have come to Urithiru have a quarter of either the second or third level, with the first level used for storage and markets, but it’s still largely unexplored. Every time this is pointed out, it grabs me again: this place is enormous. What little we know indicates that the very top level is big—and then each level below has to get significantly bigger, if those fields at the terrace levels are large enough to grow useful amounts of food. This place has 180 stories (plus a basement?), with 175 of them virtually unexplored. “Tower” is just such an inadequate term; no skyscraper on earth could even begin to come close to it.

L: I got curious, so I looked up the tallest skyscrapers in the world. Currently the record is held by Burj Khalifa in the United Arab Emirates, which tops out at 163 floors and 828 meters tall! (If I didn’t know it was real, I would absolutely assume that this is an illustration from a scifi novel.)

A: That’s pretty tall, for sure. But it’s not a half-mile across at the bottom, and it’s got electric lighting. (I just made up that number, but it sounds good, right?) What really creeps me out, when I think of it in terms of square footage on each level, is all the darkness. There is no light in the interior, without the (presumed) power systems functioning. No. Light.

No wonder it’s mostly unexplored. With their current lack of infused spheres, they have to rely on flames of one sort or another. If you stumble and drop your lantern, you’re lost forever in the dark. Yeah, I wouldn’t be exploring, either.

On another note, Shallan seems to be able to instinctively read the strata, even though there’s no reason any two highprinces should have set up their quarters in the same layout:

“Don’t you see how wide those strata are?” she asked, pointing to the wall of the corridor. “It’s this way.”

I don’t know if it’s a Lightweaver thing or what, but she’s never wrong. I suspect it’s related to her ability to sense the wrongness in Urithiru, too—but I can’t even guess how it might be related.

Relationships & Romances

“Palona said you weren’t feeling well,” Adolin said […]. “Is it, um, girl stuff?”

[…]

“Why is it that every time a woman is feeling a little odd, men are so quick to blame her cycle?”

L: Let’s talk for a moment about “Girl Stuff,” as this section resulted in a bit of a heated debate amongst the beta readers. Props to Sanderson for actually talking about menstruation in a fantasy novel—often times natural biological functions like this are glossed over or ignored completely (especially menstruation because the natural bodily processes of ladies are ICKY and EW and who wants to talk about thaaaaaat ::end bitter sarcasm::), and I think it lends an air of realism to see characters discussing them. However, I (and some others) wasn’t a fan of how flippantly Shallan treats Adolin here. His initial comment, to me, came off as caring. If he’d been saying this demeaningly about her attitude and not about her feeling physically ill I would have totally understood Shallan’s reaction. Adolin’s not being a stereotypical male here and making a joke about it—he’s legitimately trying to discover what’s wrong. However, I suppose I have to give Shallan a little leeway considering the fact that she’s hung over. And young. It’s hard to remember sometimes that she’s only, what? Seventeen?

A: Yep. Seventeen. Hung over. Trying to find a balance between the ready flippancy she had used to keep her brothers’ minds off the horror of life (and which she also used to hide from her own pain) and the responsibility of the position she now holds. Throw in the confusion she’s creating by separating herself into multiple personalities, one of which is super-proper and another is tough and careless. Girl’s a mess. Which… doesn’t make me like her any better for her treatment of Adolin, unfortunately.

Oddly enough, I don’t recall seeing much of the beta-debate happening in the fan debates. Some thought it was really horrible of Adolin to simply assume that since she was “off” it must be “girl stuff,” while others thought it was pretty considerate of him. (His comment about the girl who had “girl stuff” four times in one month was pretty hilarious, though. Speaking of which, I wonder what their normal cycle is on Roshar: once a month, meaning roughly 50 days, or something nearer our roughly 28-day average? Inquiring minds want to know, for absolutely no good reason.)

“The Almighty gave us messy hair to prepare us for living with men.”

L: Sorry, Shallan, but this is just cringeworthy. How about having respect for your betrothed instead of lumping him in with stereotypes in an “ugh, MEN, am I right, ladies?” response?

Not to say that this makes her an unbelievable character to me. Not at all. I know people who do this all the time. It just makes me sad, because Adolin’s so obviously not a stereotypical Alethi male that treating him as such seems to me to be a disservice to him, and not a good foundation upon which to begin building this relationship.

A: Shallan frequently makes me cringe when she starts flinging words around without thinking about what she’s saying. Half the time, the stuff she says when she’s feeling a little defensive is stuff she clearly wouldn’t mean if she took two seconds to think about it. I guess there’s something to be said for parking-lot comebacks: at least you didn’t say something you thought was witty that really wasn’t?

L: However, all this said… Adolin doesn’t seem to mind as much as I do. So I guess… if it works for them, it works for them. It just rubs me the wrong way—I guess it’s a good thing I’m not in a relationship with her!

“Also,” Adolin said, “we have the strangest conversations.”

“It feels natural to have them with you.”

L: D’awwwwwwwwwwww.

“You sound like your father,” she said.

He paused, then looked away. “Nothing wrong with that.”

L: That pause is awfully suspicious. I think he’s thinking about who his father was in the past, here. He’s just not ready to talk about it with her yet, either because he doesn’t want to think about it, or because he doesn’t want to ruin his father’s reputation with his betrothed by bringing up his past. And this strengthens that theory:

“You are,” she said, pulling his arm tight. “You’re just like him, Adolin. Moral, just, and capable.”

He frowned.

“What?”

“Nothing.”

L: The question is… is Adolin doing this for Dalinar’s sake? Is he protecting his father by not disabusing Shallan of this notion, or is he really protecting himself, because he doesn’t want to think about those days? Does he not want Shallan to worry that he might turn out the same way?

A: Fascinating, Captain. I read that so differently. I mean, you’re right that Adolin knew some of what his father was back in the day, but he also believes (as his mother taught him) that Dalinar was the greatest soldier in all Alethkar or whatever she said.

L: Sometimes I wonder, though, whether or not he has suspicions. I mean… he’s not deaf. He must have heard at least some of the stories.

A: Sure, he knows some of it—he was on campaign with Dalinar part of the time, and I don’t think he was blind to the brutality of war or his father’s role as commander. But this is Alethkar, and war is considered the highest art. I don’t think he’d have seen it quite the way we do!
In any case, I read this pause as Adolin’s guilty conscience—not that he feels particularly guilty about killing Sadeas, but that he feels guilty for not being the man Dalinar thinks he is. He’s not ready to talk to Shallan about sounding like his father while failing to live up to his ideals.

L: I really wish we could get a glimpse into his head for this section, but as Shallan says,

“A relationship needs some measure of mystery.”

L: Same goes for characters in books! If we had all of our questions answered immediately, there’d be little reason to keep reading!

Bruised & Broken

“Did you know,” Ialai said, “that after whitespines make a kill, they will eat, then hide near the carcass? […] I used to wonder at this behavior until I realized the kill will attract scavengers, and the whitespine is not picky. The ones that come to feast on its leavings become another meal themselves.”

The implication of the conversation seemed clear to Shallan. Why have you returned to the scene of the kill, Kholin?

L: I’m going to put this discussion here, because despite what an utter snake Sadeas was, his wife quite clearly adored him and she’s in heavy grief. She’s on the defensive, and she’s lashing out—in this case, at entirely the right person. Adolin did kill her husband. She’s facing down his killer, and I wonder if she might not somehow sense that. I think that if Dalinar winds up publicly releasing the information that Adolin killed Sadeas, Ialai is almost certainly going to come after him—probably deviously, behind the scenes. She’s going to work day and night to destroy him utterly.

A: She may have some trouble with that, since she already left Urithiru in disgrace. It will depend on what friends & contacts she still has in Urithiru that can make trouble on her behalf—or if anyone actually cares any more, with a new Desolation staring them down.

It was interesting to note that Shallan wasn’t entirely convinced, thinking that she herself would have no problem making herself cry if it would strengthen her position. Given what we’ve seen of them, I think she really did care, though; they were truly a matched set. I’ll admit, it won’t bother me much if we don’t see any more out of that princedom for a while.

Diagrams & Dastardly Designs

Ghostbloods!

A: Oh, my stars. Where to even start with this? First there’s the shock of seeing Mraize posing as Ialai’s guard, and then the news that the Ghostbloods were “interested” in Torol and Ialai, but didn’t consider them good candidates for membership, as they’re “too wild a variable” with motives of their own. I thought this was odd, though:

[Ialai] and her husband were too wild of a variable for us to invite. Their motives are their own; I don’t think they align to those of anyone else, human or listener.”

A: What is that supposed to mean? I wouldn’t have expected any of the humans to have motives aligning with the listeners, so does he mean that they don’t align with Odium? Or… Ack. It makes my head hurt just to try to come up with possible meanings. HELP!!

L: Well, it doesn’t surprise me that Ialai and Sadeas were only in it for themselves, that’s for certain. Everything they did was self-serving. But reading between the lines, this does seem to imply that there are some humans out there who are already (or might eventually) align with the Listeners/Odium. Humans like… oh, I don’t know. Amaram. Or ::mutters curses:: Moash.

A: Speaking of muttering curses… Mraize does something here that drives me nuts, whether it’s in real life or fiction: without any actual authority, he orders Shallan to do something for the Ghostbloods that she’s already working on and would do in any case.

Secure Urithiru. Hunt the source of the darkness you feel, and expunge it. This is your task.

It reminds me of one of the times I wanted to smack Moiraine in The Wheel of Time, with her philosophy of “tell people to do the thing you know they were just about to do; they can’t reasonably argue against doing it, and it gets them in the habit of obeying you.” It’s so bloody calculating and manipulative, and IMO it’s counterproductive. I hate it when someone does that to me, and—unreasonable or not—I have a strong tendency to deliberately not do the thing, solely because they told me to.

I’m not sure if it’s better or worse that Mraize promises Shallan information about her brother Helaran, should she succeed in completing her task. (Of course, if she’d failed, she wouldn’t be in any position to wonder about Helaran anyway.)

“Morality is an axis that doesn’t interest us,” Mraise said calmly. “Only loyalty and power are relevant, for morality is as ephemeral as the changing weather. It depends upon the angle from which you view it.”

L: This is a lesson that Kaladin’s learning in his own set of chapters, and as creepy as it is to see it coming from Mraize in this context, I rather like seeing this mirroring. This seems to be a major theme of the book—morality as seen from different sides, and—of course—unity, and whether or not that’s even possible depending on the morality in question.

“Do you blame your wonderfully moral Blackthorn for what he did in war? The countless people he slaughtered?”

L: I find it interesting that Shallan didn’t think to question this. Does she know anything about the Alethi history, about Dalinar’s actions specifically? Or did Gavilar conveniently forget to have those things added to the history books?

“Urithiru must remain strong if we are to properly use the advent of the Voidbringers.”

Use them?”

“Yes,” Mraize said. “This is a power we will control, but we must not let either side gain dominance yet.”

L: Dude. What are these guys planning?!

A: This is the kind of thing that makes me believe they aren’t any more concerned with Roshar itself than Hoid is—he of the “I’ll let it burn if I have to” motif. I suspect they couldn’t really care less about either humans or parsh on this world; they’re only concerned with their interstellar power play, whatever it is. Who’s taking bets that they’re associated with Bavadin? (FYI, that’s the Vessel of Autonomy, who appears to be sketchy as all get-out.)

Squires & Sidekicks

“You don’t need guards, maybe, but you do need an honor guard. Men to be honored by their position. It’s part of the rules we play by–you get to be someone important, they get to share in it.”

L: It goes deeper than societal rules, and I think Adolin recognizes that. It’s psychological. If someone you admire or who is higher in station than you proves that they trust and respect you by giving you more authority, you will be more likely to reciprocate that trust and respect. It’s one of the reasons so many people hate micro-managers—being such indicates a lack of trust that the people you’ve chosen to do their jobs are qualified to do so. This is a tenet of leadership which Adolin just seems to naturally understand, one which I wish so many of my old managers when I worked retail had been taught. You lift up those around you. Often, they’ll do a better job at what you set them to do because of it, and everyone rises together.

Adolin is teaching Shallan what he and Kaladin already instinctively know, and she’ll become a better Knight Radiant because of it down the line, when she realizes that she has her own set of squires.

A: It really is a joy to see her getting these lessons, and starting to act on them later in the book. (She doesn’t really get it yet, but the fact that she’ll try even when she doesn’t fully understand is something, too.) It’s a good reminder that for a lot of years now, she hasn’t seen much by way of good, mature leadership—the kind that would show you how this works. Both Adolin and Kaladin have had opportunity to observe good and bad leadership in action, and to practice it themselves. Shallan has had none of that, and now she’s going to hold a position where good leadership is essential. It’s a good thing she’s got Adolin to help her!

Flora & Fauna

A chicken. It was one of the stranger varieties, pure green and sleek, with a wicked beak. It looked much more like a predator than the bumbling things she’d seen sold in cages at markets.

L: Let’s talk about chickens, shall we? To help with the discussion, have a look at this helpful graphic created by Ross Newberry:

So, going by this super-scientific and extraordinarily helpful chart, I’d say that the type of chicken Mraize has is probably a Color Chicken. Alice, do you concur?

A: I concur. I don’t recall pompous chickens being all that colorful, anyway.

L: In all seriousness, in case you weren’t already aware, ALL birds in Roshar are known as chickens (except in Shinovar). Brandon had this to say about the subject:

“I wanted to indicate that the word for “bird” just spread through Roshar as “chicken” because those were the birds that they knew about.”

L: We’ll talk a little more about this particular chicken down in the Cosmere Connections section.

Tight Butts and Coconuts

“I’m an all-powerful, Shardblade-wielding pseudo-immortal, but nature still sends a friendly reminder every now and then to tell me I should be getting around to having children.”

“No mating,” Pattern buzzed softly on the wall.

L: Say what you will about Pattern, he’s dedicated to his new job.

A: Say what you will, I adore Pattern. He’s absolutely priceless.

Prestige is practically leaking from my nose these days, Adolin.

A: What? It made me giggle! (Besides, it’s preferable to the allergies that hit me today.)

Weighty Words

She held her breath so it wouldn’t puff out when she breathed, and … suppressed the Light. She could do that, she’d found. To prevent herself from glowing or drawing attention. She’d done that as a child, hadn’t she?

A: Little tidbits like this, emerging so quietly along the way, gave me such false hopes for learning more about Shallan’s early days, before the killing started. We still know hardly anything about the days when she was first bonding with Pattern, what they learned together, what fun games she played with him…

Motivations of Masterful Manipulators

“How is it,” Shallan said, “that I am still sleeping on the floor, while you have cots right here.

“Are you a highprince?” Sebarial mumbled, not even opening his eyes.

“No, I’m a Knight Radiant, which I should think is higher.”

“I see,” he said, then groaned in pleasure at the masseuse’s touch, “and so you can pay to have a cot carried in from the warcamps? Or do you still rely on the stipend I give you?”

L: For starters, I love this. Every time Sebarial and his mistress show up I love them more. They simply don’t care what anyone else thinks—they do what they want and they love it, thank you very much. But secondly (and the reason this is in this section) is that I think they’re being very clever to keep Shallan indebted to them. Obviously they couldn’t have known this when they took her in, but now that they know that she’s a Knight Radiant, it’s very much in their interests to keep a Knight Radiant in their back pockets! Sebarial shows time and again how wise he is, from economics to politics to manipulating those close to him in order to ensure that the odds are still (and will continue to be) in his favor. He knows exactly which horse to back, and when. I hope it doesn’t eventually bite him in the ass…

A: It occurs to me that there’s an awkwardness here that I didn’t think about in the beta. Shallan has been getting infused spheres from Dalinar for the purposes of practicing. What happens when she’s drained them? Does she keep them? Trade them back to him for infused ones? Just return the dun ones and hope for more? In order to give her Stormlight to practice with, Dalinar also had to give her significant amounts of money. This could be a slight issue with having your money be the same object as your magic power source, in this specific context. Although Adolin does sort of address it:

“You know, when my father explained that good relationships required investment, I don’t think this is what he meant.”

Cosmere Connections

L: Well, we have a WoB that Mraize’s chicken is an Aviar from Sixth of the Dusk. What powers did the Aviar have, again? It’s been so long since I read that one that I’ve quite forgotten. Wasn’t it some sort of telepathy?

A: Yes, it’s sort of telepathy. There were different kinds of birds: some of them could shield your thoughts from telepathic predators; some of them could show you places you might die (but not necessarily why). It’s hinted that there are other abilities as well, but we haven’t seen them yet. It’s really hard to guess what Mraize’s chicken’s ability is; it seems to react to Shallan’s anger with some agitation, but that’s all we get.

L: And the bigger question… how the heck did Mraize get it?! Is he world-hopping himself, or did he buy it from someone who did?

A: If only we knew! I suspect he is a world-hopper, but I don’t have much confidence that he’s good enough to survive a visit to First of the Sun, much less to leave again with a captive Aviar. Since their abilities depend on the young Aviar actually living in a specific place for some length of time, it has to have been captured live on the planet, though. So… either he’s better than I thought, or he got it from someone with an unparalleled ability to survive on Patji.

L: Maybe that’s where he got all those scars on his face.

Quality Quotations

Besides, here, looking too clean will get you mocked. You can’t be mistaken for a Kholin.”

 * * *

“My mother always said she thought you were clever. She admired you, and wished she had your wit. Yet here, I see no proof of that.”

A: Oh, snap!

“His name is Meridas Amaram. I believe you know him.”

L: Boooooo. Hissssss. If there’s one person I hated more than Sadeas (before the end of Part 3 when Moash took the hate-crown), it’s this d-bag.

A: It be a hatefest up in here. He’s such scum. Is it something in the water up there?

“Stormwall spotted in New Natanan. The highstorms. They’ve returned.”

A: And no more need to worry about investing in relationships—at least not quite the same way!

 

A: Well, thar she blows. Join us in the comments now, and come back next week for Chapter 23, another short Kaladin episode, and 24, in which Dalinar deals with both politics and awakening memories.

L: Alice is busy next week, so we’ll be pulling in “official” Stormwarden, Rosharian Ornithologist, and fellow beta-reader Ross Newberry to help out.

Alice is enjoying the Legion gamma read—that’s some good storytelling—and hoping to finish it before her vacation preparations have to kick in. Watch for a new reread participant next week!

Lyndsey is finally done with conventions and Renaissance Faires… which means she’s got a ton of free time to really get cracking on editing her own novels. If you’re an aspiring author, a cosplayer, or just like geeky content, follow her work on Facebook or her website.

Ideal Heroes: Mental Illness in Brandon Sanderson’s Stormlight Archive

$
0
0

When you hear the word “hero”, what’s the first image that comes to mind? Someone big and strong and confident and perfect? Well, in Brandon Sanderson’s Stormlight Archive novels, the heroes aren’t quite what you’d expect.

In the following conversation, Sanderson beta readers Paige Vest and Ross Newberry take an in-depth look at these less-than-ideal heroes and how reading about their exploits has inspired more than one “broken” person to keep up their own fight. Please be aware that this article includes frank and deeply personal discussion of mental illness and touches on depression, anxiety, trauma, suicidal ideations, and self-harm, in terms of both fiction and personal experience—addressed with the intention of illuminating the experiences of the characters and the perspective of readers who see their own struggles reflected in the series.

Before Paige and I get started, we want to point out that neither of us is a mental health professional. The content of this article contains very personal anecdotal observations, and should not be construed as medical advice. If you are experiencing thoughts of harming yourself or others, it’s not enough to rely only on epic fantasy or any other fiction, no matter how good it is. Get help from people who are trained to assist you. In the United States, you can call the National Suicide Prevention Hotline at 1-800-273-8255, or chat by visiting the Suicide Prevention Lifeline Chat.

This article also contains spoilers for all publicly released material in Brandon Sanderson’s Stormlight Archive series (The Way of Kings, Words of Radiance, Edgedancer, and Oathbringer). You’ve been warned.

Ross: If I were asked to condense the overall theme of Brandon Sanderson’s ongoing Stormlight Archive epic fantasy series to a single thought, it would be: broken people save the world. Brandon has rightly received praise for creating this story centered around a cast of characters for whom mental illness or neurodivergence is not merely a hurdle to overcome, but a critical part of what makes them unique individuals, and also the key which unlocks their access to magic.

Whether working on a single sentence, a chapter, or a whole book, a good writer will always try to accomplish more than one thing at a time with their words, and Brandon is an excellent writer. In addition to serving as an engaging narrative, his fiction also gives representation to non-neurotypical people, who are often underserved as heroic or pivotal characters. But even beyond that, my introspection and contemplation of the books over the past several months has revealed a third major facet of Brandon’s writing. He’s giving his readers who live with mental illness a toolbox filled with ways to recontextualize their experiences, and to cope with the reality of their existence. This article was written during May, which is Mental Health Awareness Month in the United States, and seemed an ideal time to shine a spotlight on the topic. But of course, there’s no wrong time to discuss these important issues, which so often go unremarked upon and unexplored.

All of this was brought to light by a series of deep conversations with friend, fellow Sanderson beta-reader, author, and Windrunner of the Third Ideal, Paige Vest. She will do a much better job of explaining the reasons leading up to this realization than I would, so I’ll shut up for a minute and let her have the soapbox.

How about it, Paige? How did we end up this far down the rabbit hole?

Paige: I think doing the beta read for Oathbringer made us look at the story in such depth that we are actually living (or trying to live, in my case) the Ideals. That’s what’s great about this series; you visit Roshar enough and you start carrying it around inside of you.

So…when I first read The Way of Kings in 2010, I was utterly blown away. The character of Kaladin Stormblessed resonated with me on a level I was unable to fully comprehend for years; I only knew that I understood him. Words of Radiance was even more spectacular, if only because this reluctant, broken hero inspired me as much as he inspired the members of Bridge Four, and even Adolin, Dalinar, and Elhokar.

Then came Shallan’s first forays into being someone else, wearing a different face…and oh my Harmony, did her POVs hit me in the gut. I’ve never been professionally diagnosed with a personality disorder, but on a couple of occasions during my sporadic therapy, there has been mention of Borderline Personality Disorder. I tend to believe (but again, not a mental health professional!) that what may mimic BPD is, in actuality, an extreme manifestation of my two confirmed diagnoses of bipolar disorder and chronic anxiety, which came about a year before the release of Words of Radiance.

Lift’s resolve in Edgedancer to remember the forgotten and listen to the ignored were selfless and noble sentiments which touched a place in me that I didn’t quite realize needed soothing. That starving little novella provided me with one of my favorite literary characters because she would remember me, she would listen to me.

The Oathbringer beta read in early 2017 was two months of sheer, heart-shredding emotion. I felt Kaladin’s pain and helplessness, struggled along with Shallan to figure out who I was and which mask I should show the world, and hated Young!Dalinar’s cold and dismissive brutality even as I understood Old!Dalinar’s shame, self-loathing, and need for forgiveness.

As I’ve learned more about my illnesses, I’ve come to realize that The Stormlight Archive touches me so deeply because it features people like me who, for lack of a better descriptor, are broken in some way. They are less than ideal as epic fantasy heroes, yet they still manage to be heroic and honorable. They’re enviable and they inspire others, despite their self-perceived cracks and flaws.

These characters don’t conveniently overcome their illnesses and addictions when they gain access to the healing power of Stormlight, and this seems to disappoint many readers. If Lopen can regrow his storming arm, surely Kaladin will stop brooding at any moment. And Shallan will stop being a whiny teenager and start acting normal. Right? Well, no. Per Word of Brandon, these disorders and illnesses aren’t injuries or flaws, they’re part of each character’s personality and how they perceive themselves. If they accept those parts of themselves as who they are, then there’s nothing for Stormlight to heal, unlike Lopen’s arm, which he talks about as if it were still there and making rude gestures at people. Alternatively, let’s take a look at Renarin, whose eyesight was healed but whose seizures were not, because he sees one as a flaw and the other as who he is. Additionally, Teft’s addiction isn’t banished by his ability to use Stormlight because it’s a part of his identity; it’s how he sees himself.

As we all know, it’s not exactly common to find the subject of mental illness and neurodivergence so openly addressed in mainstream fiction, and rarely to the extent that Brandon Sanderson has done in The Stormlight Archive. The Radiant heroes of Roshar could likely benefit from some medication and therapy (because getting some sunshine and frolicking about in nature, while therapeutic, is not a cure for mental illness…fight me), and they are very much my literary soul mates. They’re broken…beaten down by their experiences and their pain. They are confused, overwhelmed, and so often feel alone in their respective points of view.

Ross and I have had many a conversation about these broken heroes, about their struggles and their pain, about their resilience and their Ideals. And though it’s difficult for me to accept, deep down I know that they are me. Maybe they’re you, too. Not everyone will feel this way, of course, but I hope you all still join us in this discussion. After all, pain shared is pain lessened, and perhaps by sharing mine with you, we can bear some of our burdens together.

And now, Ross and I will talk about life and strength and journeys…so, whether you love or relate to these characters, or whether you hate them and wish they’d get over it already, I hope you join us as we explore the ways in which this series and its broken heroes have helped me personally find strength. Through my unique relationship with Roshar’s Radiants, we’ll examine how they’ve guided me on my own journey toward a destination that remains unknown, even to me.

 

The Immortal Words

We should start at the same place every Radiant does, with the First Ideal of the Knights Radiant. Life before death. Strength before weakness. Journey before destination. On the surface, this seems like a fairly cut-and-dried distillation of a code of ethics. Rules to live by, to guide people faced with difficult decisions. As it turns out, the two of us have very different approaches to the deeper meaning of these words.

Ross: Life before death, the Words say, and I hear never kill your adversary when leaving them alive is possible. Killing is the easy way out. We can all change, right up to the point where death obviates the possibility.

Paige: Life before death has different connotations for me. I have not only had suicidal thoughts at times, even oftentimes, but I’ve actually longed for that specific escape from the pain and chaos in my mind, so I consider the onerous task of getting through day after agonizing day of life before finally attaining the rest and peace of death. However, on the rare occasions when I feel uplifted, this phrase relays the idea that if I find something to live for, then perhaps I can stave off the ever-present desire for escape.

Ross: Strength before weakness seemed to me like a generic positive admonition. Don’t quail in the face of difficult challenges. Pour your entire strength into opposing whatever stands against you, and, while you may not prevail, you’ll certainly stand a better chance than if you’d given up. Basically a more graceful version of, “you miss every shot you don’t take.”

Paige: Strength before weakness, to me, feels like an unattainable Ideal. We all have a primitive fight, flight, or freeze response when the brain senses danger of any kind, and I am definitely the flight or freeze kind of girl when my amygdala lights up. Note that I don’t make a conscious choice to do this—rather it’s a symptom of my illness which allows emotion to gain too much power over my behavior. Add anxiety to that mix and it’s often difficult to function.

I’ve been referred to as a doormat more often, and by more people, than I care to admit, and it’s rare that I find strength to defend myself. However, call this the Windrunner in me (a title which came from Ross, by the way, because I never would have claimed it myself), but the only time I do feel the urge to fight is when I am moved to defend someone else.

Ross: I absolutely named you a Windrunner of the Third Ideal, and I stand by it. You had stuff going on in your life, and you acted precisely as a Windrunner would. Those behaviors are an inseparable part of you, and you deserve the recognition.

Paige: Well, if being a Windrunner encompasses putting the needs of literally everyone else before my own, then I suppose I should own it. Though it still feels presumptuous because my brain rejects the idea so vehemently. But then, we both know that my brain is an asshole. ;)

Ross: It certainly tends to lie straight to your face at times, which is pretty rude. I’ll leave that there.

Finally: Journey before destination. We are, all of us, headed to the same place. Each of us has a finite number of days in our life, but what we make of them is all the difference. It is not the fact that we reach the end of the race that matters, but how we ran it. To pull an excellent explanation from Nohadon’s in-Cosmere text, “The question is not whether you will love, hurt, dream, and die. It is what you will love, why you will hurt, when you will dream, and how you will die. This is your choice. You cannot pick the destination, only the path.”

Paige: Journey before destination echoes Life before death to an extent. To me, it implies the need to complete the often dreary and difficult struggle of my journey prior to arriving at the destination I so often desire.

This part of the First Ideal also echoes my point of view during my not-so-dark moods. Then, I’m able to align with Ross’s view that the journey is the most important part of this statement and that I need to make the most of it. In Way of Kings, Chapter 43, The Wretch, Kaladin thinks, Death is the destination. But the journey, that is life. That is what matters.

It’s just unfortunate that this sentiment is so often lost in depression where I, and other sufferers, spend so much time, because it can be a positive and reaffirming take on life.

Ross: No matter the meaning we take from these words, I know for a fact that they help. I know because I have numerous friends who’ve told me that, when Shirley’s anxiety or Randy’s PTSD or Chris’s struggle with weight loss or … any number of things … threatens to overcome them, these friends focus on the words, and what they mean to them. And they feel better. My friend Deana used them just the other day to intercede with an artist who’d never read Stormlight, or any of Brandon’s works. And the community grows.

 

On Kaladin, and Depression

Apathy vs. Emotion

Way of Kings, Ch. 2: Honor is Dead:

This was his lot, and he was resigned to it.

There was a certain power in that, a freedom. The freedom of not having to care.

Way of Kings, Ch. 16: Cocoons:

Other times, he found it hard to care about anything. His dreary feelings were like a black eel, coiled inside of him

[…]

He lay back down, emotions welling inside of him. He had trouble sorting through them.

Way of Kings, Ch. 43: The Wretch:

Just let me be. Let me go back to apathy. At least then there’s no pain.

Paige: I one hundred percent relate to Kaladin’s thought about sorting through feelings, as they sometimes feel like a jumbled knot of string in my mind. His thoughts also verge on apathetic quite often, and make me think of my frequent urge to feel nothing when emotions pull me in every direction. What a treat it would be to take all of the feelings I can’t sort out, that drag me down or cause me to introvert, and just turn them off. Surely, it would provide some much-needed relief from the oft-exhausting avalanche of emotion, right?

Not exactly.

After I was…let’s say, ‘emotionally assaulted’ recently, I was crippled by a myriad of overlapping emotions that I couldn’t control or suppress: anger and anxiety, sadness and shame, self-loathing and frustration, loneliness and regret. Oh, so many flavors of regret; I could taste nothing else. Somehow, I did the very thing I’ve often wished for and shoved my feelings aside. It was as if I’d stuffed them into a box, which I then stuck on a high shelf inside the closet of my mind. I found myself with that power and freedom that Kaladin has experienced. I didn’t care about anything: work, other people’s wants or needs or feelings, bills, chores…myself. Especially myself.

However, it’s not natural for people to feel nothing, and I’ve been clued into the fact that dissociation like this can be very harmful in the long term. Whether we realize it or not, we need to feel, to laugh and cry, to rage and love. The absence of those feelings changed me and I needed to feel, and so I found myself turning to self-harm in order to feel again. But let me assure you, the dopamine rush that accompanies pain is not an acceptable replacement for one’s naturally occurring emotions and can become somewhat addictive, which is a danger in and of itself. If self-harm is something any of the broken Radiants reading this are doing or have considered doing, seek help. Advice. Therapy. Something. Message me, we’ll talk. I might just direct you to get the help you need, but I’ll listen. I won’t ignore you.

Ross: In addition to opening you up to self-harm, those burning emotions have been the driving force behind your writing output for a decade or two. There was some pretty serious backlash turning them off, right?

Paige: Truth. My writing is fueled by my emotion, and at the same time is an outlet to keep emotion from overwhelming me. So to deprive myself of the very tools which allow me to maintain some semblance of sanity wasn’t the wisest thing I’ve ever done, but reason and logic are overwhelmed by my emotion. Smothered, crushed, obliterated. When emotion drives you, you don’t generally make the best choices.

Setting Goals to Combat Hopelessness

Way of Kings, Ch. 11: Droplets:

One more try.

Kaladin opened his eyes. He was cold and wet, but he felt a tiny warm candle flame of determination come alight inside him.

[…]

It was the warmth of decisions made and purpose seized. It was responsibility … He would find a way to protect them.

Way of Kings, Ch. 34: Stormwall:

He wanted to stare at the highstorm straight on, though it terrified him. He felt the same panic he’d felt looking down into the black chasm, back when he’d nearly killed himself. It was the fear of what he could not see, what he could not know.

Way of Kings, Ch. 43: The Wretch:

I could fly, he thought. Step off and fall, wind blowing against me. Fly for a few moments. A few, beautiful moments.

[…]

Step by step, he was turning back into the wretch he had been. He’d always known it was a danger. He’d clung to the bridgemen as a lifeline. But he was letting go now.

[…]

He recognized what was happening to him, this melancholy, this sense of despair. It had taken him often when he’d been younger, most frequently during the weeks of the Weeping, when the sky was hidden by clouds.

Paige: “One more try” and “The next step” are, again, sentiments that echo one another. We’ll get to Dalinar and his epic next step later, but I feel it’s important to point out that people suffering from mental illness often exist in this state, especially when untreated and/or unmedicated. We’re constantly trying to get through one more day, one more shift at work, one more hour. One more storming moment. It’s a struggle, and anybody reading this who experiences the same struggle will agree that taking the next step and giving life one more try is a constant battle.

At this point I feel it’s important to point out that when someone loses their battle with pain and despair, they’re not giving up, and they’re not taking the easy way out. Remember that they’re under assault by their own minds, constantly. They’ve likely taken numerous trips to the Honor Chasm, as so many of us have, and decided to step away from the edge to give it one more try. Don’t lay blame, don’t cry selfishness, and please don’t discount the fact that they were battle-weary and unable to continue the fight.

It’s imperative to know how much it helps to have friends and/or family to offer encouragement, as Tien once gave and as Syl and Wit/Hoid have both given for Kaladin. And as I get from a few close friends who have seen inside my mind and haven’t run away. It helps to have a purpose, such as Kaladin’s determination to protect, and as I have in the upcoming birth of my natural daughter’s first child. I try to keep my eye on that distant light that I’m striving to reach.

Ross: I don’t deal with this kind of thing, but it seems to me there’s a danger in using one particular person or event as a goal to keep you fighting. What happens if that talisman becomes unattainable, or even if the goal is met? Isn’t there the danger of nothing to fight for leading to a plunge into the abyss?

Paige: Definitely. There’s a great deal of danger in both of those scenarios. Putting all of your hope/focus/effort on one person/event/goal is always risky. Take Kaladin’s failure to protect Elhokar in Oathbringer…he was torn between who to protect and, in doing nothing, he was unable to protect anyone. He froze, and people died all around him, including Elhokar. Kaladin had to be rescued from the fray and by the time Shallan had transported them to Shadesmar via the corrupted Kholinar Oathgate, Kaladin was despondent. And what brought him out of that despondency? What else but another goal on which to focus: protect Dalinar. This isn’t the only time we see this behavior in Kaladin. It’s a running theme with him from childhood through the Battle of Thaylen City, and it’s one which I understand perfectly, because it’s also my theme: set a goal, reach the goal, then set a new goal.

On a small scale: I get out of bed each day (not all days, but most days); I make myself go to work where I struggle until lunchtime, and then until five, and try to accomplish something as I muddle through the day. That’s one day down, one goal accomplished, and I set a new goal to do it again tomorrow.

On a larger scale, I focus on upcoming events: a visit with my daughter to create a baby registry; then four weeks until I go to her next ultrasound and learn if we’ll have a Mia or a Braxton; ten weeks after that is my writing retreat; another six weeks until the baby comes and then several weeks helping with the baby; then it’s time to get through the holidays; and focus on JordanCon a few months later. Then I set another goal, then another one.

To be honest, having goals set for an entire YEAR in advance is pretty phenomenal for me, when I generally can’t see more than a few months into my future. I may skirt the edge of the chasm, but I try to keep taking the next step, and then the next.

Stigma & Support

Way of Kings, Ch. 16: Cocoons:

Other emotions had to do with the strange blanket of melancholy that smothered him at times when he wasn’t expecting.

[…]

“I hate talking to you when you’re like this, you know.”

“Like what?”

“Like you are now. You know. Moping around, sighing.”

[…]

“You’re cheerful suddenly.”

“I don’t know. I feel better.”

“How does he do that? I wonder.”

“Who does what?”

“Your brother,” Laral said, looking toward Tien. “He changes you.”

“It’s just hard to be gloomy when he’s around,” Kal said.

Way of Kings, Ch. 44: The Weeping:

How is it you can always smile? Kaladin thought. It’s dreadful outside, your master treats you like crem, and your family is slowly being strangled by the city lord and yet you smile. How, Tien? And why is it that you make me want to smile, too?

Paige: Kaladin suffers from chronic depression, and has since childhood. He’s not just moody and he’s not feeling sorry for himself. He is genuinely depressed, especially during the Weeping, which is indicative of Seasonal Affective Disorder (SAD) on top of the general depression. Tien made him feel better; he walked beside his big brother in the darkness, he accepted him and loved him, just as he was.

Laral, on the other hand, derided him; she hated talking to him when he was feeling melancholy. This is one reason why I—and so many sufferers of mental illness—wear a mask: the fear of unacceptance. The stigma of mental illness and the widely held belief that people like me can just choose to stop feeling depressed keeps us quiet when things in our minds get too bad. It forces us to try to conform, to try to be normal, and we sometimes end up feeling that apathy that Kaladin experiences.

Ross: I think my high natural level of empathy aided me in this. I’m fairly certain you made an early decision to cautiously open up to me about your mental issues, and I responded by explaining that I didn’t see you as broken, but different. That it was precisely your overwhelming emotions that leant such a potent effect to your writing. Is that the kind of acceptance you wish other people had?

Paige: That’s exactly the kind of acceptance I wish others could offer more frequently.

I used to say that I wore my heart on my sleeve, but I view that phrase differently now. I’ve learned more about how my brain works and I’ve noticed changes in myself, primarily some deterioration as the disorder has progressed. I understand that rather than simply wearing my heart on my sleeve, I am saturated with emotion. All emotions, all the time. They ooze from my pores and drip from my fingertips. They smother me and there is no hiding them from the world sometimes.

To not see my illnesses as something wrong with me, or something that needs to be fixed, but to accept them as part of me—to accept me and value me despite the constant shuffle of emotions, the black depressions, the uncontrollable mania, the overwhelming anxiety—that is what I want. That is what everyone suffering from mental illness needs: a Syl, a Lift, an Adolin.

I try to remember that I do have people walking beside me who will catch me if I stumble, who will guide me when it’s too dark for me to see, who will hold my hand when I need stability, and who will kick me in the ass when I resist taking that ever-difficult next step.

Having loved ones who stay by my side and help me navigate the darkness is an incalculable asset. If I may plug a Pat Rothfuss quote (I’m sure Brandon won’t mind), “Anyone can love a thing because. That’s as easy as putting a penny in your pocket. But to love something despite. To know the flaws and love them too. That is rare and pure and perfect.” I’m fortunate to have some rare and pure and perfect people in my life who love me despite.

Ross: I’ve always loved that quote, and I actually think there can be no real love (whether platonic, romantic, or other) between people without friction. If there’s nothing about the other person which must be accepted as-is, where’s the challenge? Loving something because sounds to me more like infatuation or lust. Loving something despite is to love the whole, unconditionally.

 

On Shallan, and Coping with Emotional Trauma

Smile Anyway

Words of Radiance, Ch. 71: Vigil:

He saw it in her eyes. The anguish, the frustration. The terrible nothing that clawed inside and sought to smother her. She knew it was there, inside. She had been broken.

Then she smiled. She smiled anyway.

It was the single, most beautiful thing he’d seen in his entire life.

“How?” he asked.

She shrugged lightly. “Helps if you’re crazy.”

Paige: She’s not wrong. It really does help if you’re crazy. But kidding aside…as with many things, this can be read a couple of ways. She smiled anyway, yes, and to a lot of people that can mean that she smiled despite the pain, that she’s able to rise above it and find happiness, and so on. However, I tend to lean toward another interpretation because I wear masks to hide myself from the world on a daily basis, masks that society finds to be more acceptable than who and what I really am. They don’t want to see “the anguish, the frustration … the terrible nothing” that I have inside, they want to see the smile. So I give the world what it expects; I may feel the darkness, but I smile anyway.

Ross: I think the real world demands a mixture of both, but definitely both. Showing your true self to everyone at all times won’t work out in the long run, but constantly living a lie will eventually stifle your vibrant, secret self. So the approach I take (and yes, I absolutely hide certain parts of my personality from certain people) is to edit my external persona, but also cultivate a few true friends. People who I know can see the strangest, darkest corner of my brain and, instead of recoiling in horror, lean forward and say, “Iiiinteresting.”

Caveat: friends like this are rare. You can’t take one of your current friends and magically turn them into this confidante. It takes time, and it takes work. It also takes an iterative exercise in deepening and strengthening trust. But I believe the effort is worth the pain.

Paige: I agree that friends like that are rare. What’s also incredibly rare is for someone like me, who tends to hide most of my true self from most people, to be able to cultivate trusting friendships in which I can reveal my true self. And despite the fear of rejection and abandonment, because I’ve experienced both, I hesitantly share myself.

Ross: You choose to take The Next Step. But, again, let’s not get ahead of ourselves….

Hiding Behind Personas

Oathbringer, Ch. 15: Brightness Radiant:

Her every muscle grew taut, and the corners of her vision started to darken. She could see only before herself, and she wanted to run, go somewhere. Be away.

No. No, just be someone else.

[…]

I can hide, Shallan thought, drawing at a frenzied pace. Shallan can flee and leave someone in her place.

[…]

For a while, she’d been … everybody. A hundred faces, cycling one after another.She searched them for comfort. Surely she could find someone who didn’t hurt.

[…]

She’d shove all this into the back of her mind, with everything else she ignored. They could all fester together.

Oathbringer, Ch. 108: Honor’s Path:

“All memories are bad,” she said immediately, then looked away, blushing.

[…]

“It’s confusing, being all these people. I feel like I’m presenting different faces all the time. Lying to everyone, because I’m different inside. I … That doesn’t make sense, does it?” She squeezed her eyes shut again. “I’ll pull it back together. I’ll be … someone.”

Oathbringer, Ch. 121: Ideals:

“If you wanted, I could be practically anyone.”

“But that’s the thing, Shallan. I don’t want anyone. I want you. ”

Paige: As we know, Shallan suffers from PTSD stemming from a childhood full of emotional trauma to herself, as well as to her brothers, and let’s not forget the matricide and patricide. Shallan creates these new personas to deal with memories she can’t face (“All memories are bad.”) as well as with situations she feels incapable of handling (“No. No, just be someone else.”).

I can relate because I wear masks daily. One problem with this approach, as it pertains to me, is that it’s difficult for me to gauge what’s normal and I tend to overact…talking too loud, laughing too much or at the wrong time, trying to be the social butterfly because I feel that’s what people expect, though I’d rather be in the corner or at the back of the room where I’ll be unnoticed. This behavior often surfaces when the anxiety is especially high, and the adrenaline rush pushes me to the edge of panic. This can happen in literally any situation, and as is often the case, I need to isolate myself and allow a breakdown in order to purge the stress hormones from my brain.

We also see Shallan struggling to find the real her amongst her creations. This highlights another problem with my need to constantly put on an act and pretend to be a “normal person,” because I don’t know who I really am at times. I don’t recognize myself among the faces I wear for the rest of the world, and I can so rarely be myself that I feel lost.

I’ve read that each person who knows us or encounters us has a different version of us inside their heads, so no one person knows who we actually are. But while we may be a different person to everyone else, most of us recognize the person looking back at us from the mirror because we also have our own version of ourselves in our heads. At least to an extent. There are days when I feel as though I’m standing in front of a funhouse mirror, and I wonder at the contorted image I see. So I can relate to Shallan because she is so lost in her selves, as well.

Ross: I think this, more than winning Shardblade duels or stabbing mean old nasty Highprinces, is where Adolin really fits into the narrative in Oathbringer. Brightness Radiant handles crowds, and Veil sneaks and snoops, but when Shallan is alone with Adolin, she seems to finally be able to relax a bit and be herself. The less she’s able to cope with her personality compartmentalization, the more she needs a trusted friend with whom she can take off all the masks, and simply be Shallan. In fact, I think it’s that realization, at the end, that finally pushes her to choose Adolin. She’s the most her when she’s with him. That’s going to be important, I think.

Paige: It’s incredibly important. Both for Shallan and for those of us who struggle to find ourselves beneath the masks, it means everything for someone to see the real us and to love us despite.

Ross: Not despite! Because.

Oathbringer, Ch. 82: The Girl Who Stood Up:

“It’s terrible,” Wit said, stepping up beside her, “to have been hurt. It’s unfair, and awful, and horrid. But Shallan … it’s okay to live on.”

She shook her head.

“Your other minds take over,” he whispered, “because they look so much more appealing. You’ll never control them until you’re confident in returning to the one who birthed them. Until you accept being you. ”

“Then I’ll never control it.” She blinked tears.

“No,” Wit said. “You will, Shallan. If you do not trust yourself, can you trust me? For in you, I see a woman more wonderful than any of the lies. I promise you, that woman is worth protecting. You are worth protecting.”

Paige: Wit/Hoid urging Shallan to be herself, rather than the personas she’s created to deal with one kind of stress or another, was one of my favorite parts of Oathbringer. I knew she wouldn’t magically be mended, that her history of abuse and mental illness wouldn’t evaporate like an illusion running out of Stormlight. But I also knew that him telling her that it was okay to live on, that she is wonderful and worth protecting, was a huge moment for Shallan.

This is similar to things that I’ve also been told, and which I’m trying to make myself believe as I fight through each day. I fix that version of the me I want to be, that I know is inside of me, into my mind. I endeavor to let go of the versions of me who are afraid and ashamed, who want to hide from the world, and who turn to self-destructive behaviors to cope with fear and pain and despair. I try to trust that my own real-life versions of Hoid, or Tien, or Adolin, or Syl, are telling me the truth, and I continue to try to accept myself.

 

On Lift, and Justice for the Downtrodden

Avoidance Of Reality

Edgedancer, Ch. 10:

“Everything is changing,” she said softly. “That’s okay. Stuff changes. It’s just that, I’m not supposed to. I asked not to. She’s supposed to give you what you ask.”

“The Nightwatcher?” Wyndle asked.

Lift nodded, feeling small, cold. Children played and laughed all around, and for some reason that only made her feel worse. It was obvious to her, though she ’d tried ignoring it for years, that she was taller than she’d been when she’d first sought out the Old Magic three years ago.

Paige: As we see in Edgedancer, Lift has some strong opinions about growing up, about changing. She visited the Nightwatcher to avoid that very thing and, though we don’t yet know how that particular visit went, we know that Lift didn’t exactly get the boon she had been seeking. She is growing, she is maturing. And she’s pretending that she’s not.

Avoidance of reality is a very real practice when you suffer from certain illnesses of the mind. I can only speak for bipolar disorder and anxiety in this respect, but both of these conditions often result in sufferers creating their own version of reality, whether it’s a less bleak version of our own lives or some kind of wish-fulfillment fantasy. We create a story in our minds, much as our little Lift has done, a story that either goes how we want it to go or, on the darker side of that, a story that’s worse than reality. Not believing that I deserve goodness and light, or that it’s fleeting anyway so why bother believing, causes me to scramble as quickly as possible back into the darkness and away from the light. It’s lonely and it hurts, and it skirts with the abyss, but I know it…I’m comfortable there. I’m not happy or content there, but at least I know I won’t be let down. The darkness doesn’t disappoint me and it definitely never leaves me.

I wonder if this might be one reason Lift wishes not to grow up: she’s unwilling to change. Perhaps she’s afraid of what the future brings, or is unable to see the future altogether. She’s more comfortable remaining a child with no responsibilities and no attachments. I hope to understand more about Lift as we get to know her better in future installments of the Archive.

Ross: Lift is by far my favorite Stormlight Archive character, partly because I identify with her more than any of the others. We both love food. We both have a goofy, irreverent, childlike wit. We both hate to see people overlooked or underserved (and I hate for people to fail to see their own inherent awesomeness). And neither of us is very big on responsibility. It took me nine years to earn a bachelor’s degree, and the only reason I burned through the last year-and-a-half was that I married a Type-A planner. I’m a horrible procrastinator, putting off responsibilities until the last possible minute. Dropped my tax payment in the box five minutes before the mailman drove by for pickup this year. So yes, when Lift plays the Child Card, and is Awesome anyway? That makes my inner procrastinator all kinds of happy.

Remembering Those Who Have Been Forgotten

Way of Kings, Interludes: Lift:

She set Gawx on his back, face toward the sky. He wasn’t really anything to her, that was true. They’d barely just met, and he’d been a fool. She’d told him to go back.
But this was who she was, who she had to be.

I will remember those who have been forgotten.

Edgedancer, Ch. 5:

I will remember those who have been forgotten. She’d sworn that oath as she’d saved Gawx’s life. The right Words, important Words. But what did they mean? What about her mother? Nobody remembered her.

There seemed far too many people out there who were being forgotten. Too many for one girl to remember.

Paige:  Depression lies. I know this even as I believe its whispers in my ear as it perches on one shoulder clad in, let’s say, a little black devil outfit. It tells me that nobody cares, that I’ll always be alone. That I’ll drive everyone away because I worry incessantly, I’m too sad, too moody, too needy, too…pick a less-than-happy-and-content emotion. Boom, me. I isolate myself—cloaked by the darkness in my mind—to keep from being hurt; then feel hurt because nobody’s searching for me in the darkness in which I cloak myself.

I feel forgotten.

Ross: First of all, I want to reassure you that you’re not forgotten by your friends. And, in the same breath, admit that I understand you feel this way. In dealing with people who suffer from depression, I’ve often gotten the best results from this dual approach, because it recognizes overtly that, while the reality I see shows that you’re not forgotten, I completely understand how you could feel that way.

Arguing that you don’t actually feel the way you do is, in my mind, just low-key gaslighting.

Listening To The Ignored

Edgedancer, Ch. 19:

Too few people listened to anything other than their own thoughts. But what good would listening do her here? All she could hear was the sound of the storm outside, lightning making the stones vibrate.

Thunder.

A new storm.

I can’t defeat him.

I’ve got to change him.

Listen.

[…]

“I will listen,” Lift shouted, “to those who have been ignored!”

“What?” Darkness demanded.

“I heard what you said, Darkness! You were trying to prevent the Desolation. Look behind you! Deny what you’re seeing!”

[…]

“I’m sorry,” Lift said.

He looked to her, face lit red by the continuous lightning, tears mixing with the rain. “You actually are,” he said, then felt at his face. “I wasn’t always like this. I am getting worse, aren’t I? It’s true.”

“I don’t know,” Lift said. And then, by instinct, she did something she would never have thought possible. She hugged Darkness.
He clung to her, this monster, this callous thing that had once been a Herald. He clung to her and wept in the storm.

Edgedancer, Ch. 20:

She tapped her head. “I got it figured out.”

“You’ve got what figured out?”

“Nothing at all,” Lift said, with the utmost confidence.

But I will listen to those who are ignored, she thought. Even people like Darkness, whom I’d rather never have heard. Maybe that will help.

Paige: Anxiety works much the same way as depression, as I refer to it just above. It sits on my other shoulder and it also wears a devil outfit…red this time. There’s no shoulder angel for crazy people, unless you count the fallen ones.

Ross: Oof.

Paige: Anxiety tells me not to reach out of the familiar darkness for help, not to call or text or message anyone with my boring, repetitive worries and sadness. They don’t want to hear from me, after all. I’m too much of a downer, it is known, and I don’t want to be a bother, or a burden.

People ask how I’m doing, I tell them I’m good. They ask how my weekend was, I say it was great. I smile and I laugh when I think I should; I joke and exchange anecdotes. And they believe it. They don’t see behind the mask and notice the bloodshot eyes, the dark circles, the worry lines. They tell me I look pale, ask if I’m okay, and they don’t hear the quaver in my voice as I reassure them that I’m fine…I’m just tired…I have a bit of a headache. I don’t mention that my head probably aches from constantly clenching my jaw due to persistent, overwhelming tension.

I think that people accept the easy explanation, that they let their eyes slide away from the signs of me falling apart that I’m unable to hide completely, because it’s easier than confronting it. It’s easier than dealing with the crazy, easier to play along. And trust me, I don’t blame them. I understand and I can’t fault people for not wanting to see, or to hear, or to get involved.

But still…I feel ignored.

Ross: It’s a good thing these books have caused you to stumble into a small community of proto-Radiants who understand, if not completely, then at least better than most, And I have a feeling the responses to this article might end up making you feel a little less alone, as well.

Paige: I am incredibly lucky to have found so many wonderful friends through both Brandon’s writing, and before that, through Robert Jordan’s. I very much hope that our efforts here will resonate with others who relate to our beloved Radiants as I do.

Despite my alleged Windrunner tendencies (looks askance at Ross), I very much relate to Lift because she’s so bent on advocating for the forgotten and the ignored. She’s determined to remember and to listen, even to those she hates and fears.

In fact, the Third Ideal of the Edgedancers echoes the  Windrunners’ Third Ideal: “I will protect even those I hate, so long as it is right.” Lift says, “I will listen to those who have been ignored, even Darkness whom I’d rather never have heard.” On that note, let’s not overlook Teft’s Third Windrunner Ideal, regarding protecting those he hates, even if the one he hates is himself.

Ross: There’s something else I wanted to bring up, and the fact that Lift seems to suffer more from emotional trauma than mental illness makes this a good spot to mention it. If you have ever been the target of emotional abuse at the hands of another, you should be very mindful of the fact that you very well may have been trained, over the course of weeks, or years, or decades, to doubt yourself. To constantly second-guess your feelings and turn to that other person for validation. Your apparent dependence on your abuser is one of the main factors that keeps you in an abusive relationship. If it seems like everything they’re saying is designed to keep you in one place, that place is probably under their thumb. Find better friends; they’re out there somewhere, and they’ll help.

Paige: They are out there, and they do help.

I’ve never considered myself to be a strong person; I don’t know whether all people who suffer from disorders such as mine feel the same kind of shame and self-loathing that permeates my mind, but it’s been a lifelong, personal belief that I am weak and pathetic and that everyone must see me as such. With therapy, from professionals and otherwise, I’m learning that these kinds of feelings are likely due to the fact that, yeah, I’ve been the victim of prolonged mental and emotional abuse. It’s more difficult to own this than it is to own the psychological diagnoses, if you can believe that.

Please know that this is not a request for sympathy or reassurance, it’s just a statement of fact from my perspective. Could I access to the healing powers of Stormlight, it wouldn’t heal this because it’s how I see myself; it’s ingrained, it’s who I am. However, I firmly believe in standing up for others. So Ideals that include protecting those who cannot protect themselves—even if I hate them or they’ve hurt me—remembering the forgotten, and listening to the ignored, very much hit home for me.

Ross: I’m going to skew things sideways for a second with some theorizing. Can we talk about why Lift is so keen on people not being ignored?

Edgedancer, Ch. 15:

When you were always busy, you didn’t have to think about stuff . Like how most people didn’t run off and leave when the whim struck them. Like how your mother had been so warm, and kindly, so ready to take care of everyone. It was incredible that anyone on Roshar should be as good to people as she’d been.

She shouldn’t have had to die. Least, she should have had someone half as wonderful as she was to take care of her as she wasted away.

Someone other than Lift, who was selfish, stupid.

And lonely.

Lift has her own darkness lurking in the past, and my theory is that a large part of it revolves around abandoning her own mother when she got sick.

 

On Dalinar, and Acceptance of Failure

The Next Step

Oathbringer, Ch. 118: The Weight of it All:

The most important step a man can take. It’s not the first one, is it? It’s the next one. Always the next step, Dalinar.

Ross: Of course, the most recent Stormlight volume, Oathbringer, is Dalinar’s book, and this discussion wouldn’t be complete without him. It’s interesting, to me, that Dalinar’s struggles to cope aren’t ever really targeting the loss of his memory, but rather the confrontation with his own past when it returns. To acknowledge that who he was is part of who he is, that people were right to distrust overtures of peace from the Blackthorn, and to move on regardless in an honest attempt to be worthy of respect instead of fear, took true courage.

Paige: “The most important step is the next one.” Now this…oh my Honor, this hits me in the feels. This rips my feels from my chest and pummels them, shreds them, obliterates them. This is my mantra, to keep me fully in the journey and keep that destination out of the reach of my pain, because this is the journey: taking the all-important next step, and then the next one, and then the next one. Because truly, taking that next step is sometimes the most difficult thing to do when your own brain makes just getting out of bed in the morning a struggle.

For me, the other aspect of this statement is that deciding to take that next step is an affirmation that I’ll keep going, that there is a future for me to journey toward. That may sound like an alien concept to a lot of people, but trust me, it’s kind of huge because envisioning a future can seem impossible when I’m steeped in the grip of crippling depression, as I so often am.

Cultivating Forgiveness

Oathbringer, Ch. 118: The Weight of it All:

Trembling, bleeding, agonized, Dalinar forced air into his lungs and spoke a single ragged sentence. “You cannot have my pain.”

Ross: We’ve all done things we regret. And some of us have done worse. Things that haunt us. That cause us to wonder if we’re worth it. That’s the case for Dalinar, who was a pretty terrible person when he was younger. To see this one-time villain stand in front of Odium in Part Five, and refuse to deny responsibility for all of it, for any of it, to own his failures, and the very real chance he’ll fail again, inspires me to do the same. To be better.

Paige: “You cannot have my pain.” This is obviously a huge moment for Dalinar, as he refuses to become a tool for Odium. Cultivation pruned his thorniness and allowed him to grow as a person and a leader prior to doling out memories of the horrific things he’d done in his youth. She returned it to him, memory by memory, so that he could absorb each one and cope with what it meant, who he had been. Becoming the man we met in The Way of Kings because of the lack of those memories was integral, IMO, not only to his ability to resist Odium, but also to becoming deserving of Evi’s forgiveness, so many years after he had first asked that boon of the Nightwatcher.

To be completely honest, I envied Dalinar that respite from his past because I’m fully in Shallan’s “all memories are bad” camp. Okay, not fully…I have some good memories, some GREAT memories, even, that are bright spots in the darkness. They populate my pile of good things and keep me going. Yet, there are many bad memories; they plague me and hold me back from enjoying my journey, and forgetting them to allow me to grow as a person would be preferable to dwelling on them. Perhaps, with such a respite, I would more easily bear the weight of my pain, as Dalinar learned to do. However, as there is no real world version of Cultivation to prune my memories, I realize that I’m responsible for seeking my own healing. It’s an ongoing process, and I backslide a lot, but I can almost see the glimmer of a future where my burden has grown lighter.

 

Hoid, Psychoanalyst Extraordinaire

Ross: It occurred to the two of us, as we researched this article, that where there is pithy coping advice to be had, or when one of Our Heroes needs a nudge (or a shove) in the direction of Radianthood, it’s more than likely the impetus is coming from Hoid.

In The Way of Kings, Kaladin is on the edge of discovering what he can do, or running away forever. Standing literally on a precipice, Kaladin runs into Wit, who tells him the story of the Uvara, then asks Kaladin what the moral was.

The Way of Kings, Ch. 57: Wandersail:

“It means taking responsibility,” Kaladin said. “The Uvara, they were happy to kill and murder, so long as they could blame the emperor. It wasn’t until they realized there was nobody to take the responsibility that they showed grief.”

“That’s one interpretation,” Hoid said. “A fine one, actually. So what is it you don’t want to take responsibility for?”

Ross: *shove* There are, I think, only five people in the first book who encounter Wit and remain un-insulted. Kaladin, Dalinar, Renarin (who gets picked on but not actually demeaned), Adolin, and Shallan. And while we’re on the subject of Wit and Dalinar, check out this passage that has a vastly different meaning post-Oathbringer.

The Way of Kings, Ch. 54: Gibletish:

“…Isn’t it odd that gibberish words are often the sounds of other words, cut up and dismembered, then stitched into something like them—yet wholly unlike them at the same time?”

Dalinar frowned.

“I wonder if you could do that to a man. Pull him apart, emotion by emotion, bit by bit, bloody chunk by bloody chunk. Then combine them back together into something else, like a Dysian Aimian. If you do put a man together like that, Dalinar, be sure to name him Gibberish, after me. Or perhaps Gibletish.”

Ross: Did…did Hoid just totally tease Dalinar that he knew not only what had happened with his memories, but also that he totally knew Cultivation’s plan?!

Paige: That’s our Hoid. All-knowing and all-seeing as far as we’re aware. And despite his pronouncement that he would essentially let the world burn in order to achieve his goal, he sure helps out our Radiants a lot. He shows kindness and understanding, he offers support and acceptance. And sometimes, he supplies a little kick in the ass to push someone in the right direction. I like his style of therapy; it feels familiar.

Oathbringer, Ch. 82: The Girl Who Stood Up:

“Do you wish,” Wit asked, “that you could go back to not being able to see?”

“No,” she whispered.

“Then live. And let your failures be part of you.”

[…]

“You tried to help the people of the market. You mostly failed. This is life. The longer you live, the more you fail. Failure is the mark of a life well lived. In turn, the only way to live without failure is to be of no use to anyone. Trust me, I’ve practiced.”

Paige: Failure is a difficult thing to accept when I’m constantly being reminded by my brain how badly I messed up. I’m constantly ashamed for being a disappointment, for letting someone down, for causing a problem, whether it’s a small thing or whether it’s a spectacular failure, as Shallan experienced (okay, admittedly, I’ve never messed up on quite that grand a scale). It could even be just saying the wrong thing during a conversation, but my mistakes plague me. Anxiety won’t allow me to laugh it off or let it roll off my back, it sits there on my shoulder, whispering in my ear, making me remember.

Ross: It’s also important to note the subtext of Wit/Hoid’s advice here. He has some monumental failures in his prodigious past, and a Scadrian Imperial ton of guilt to go along with them. But if Hoid, who, at his age, has likely racked up more failures than 99.9999% of all people, is able to accept those failures and try again, perhaps we can, too.

Oathbringer, Ch. 82: The Girl Who Stood Up:

“You’re not a monster, Shallan,” Wit whispered. “Oh, child. The world is monstrous at times, and there are those who would have you believe that you are terrible by association.”

“I am.”

“No. For you see, it flows the other direction. You are not worse for your association with the world, but it is better for its association with you.”

[…]

“Many people have suffered more and they get along fine.”

[…]

“Wit?” she asked. “I … I can’t do it.”

He smiled. “There are certain things I know, Shallan. This is one of them. You can. Find the balance. Accept the pain, but don’t accept that you deserved it.”

Paige: It’s a common theme among those of us dealing with mental illness—and abuse such as Shallan has suffered, such as many of us have suffered—to have our brains tell us we deserve anything and everything bad in life, and that someone else always has it worse. To see Shallan express these sentiments was a veritable punch to the gut because she really has had it bad. To see Wit/Hoid counter each of those sentiments so effectively and eloquently was profound.

One of my psychiatrists once told me that while it’s true that many others do have it worse, that fact doesn’t discount the pain that I feel. It doesn’t make my fight any less grueling. That’s a difficult thing to remember when I encounter someone whose situation is obviously worse than mine, which is one reason I can relate to Shallan’s self-doubt here.

To be completely honest, I cried during most of Wit/Hoid’s chat with Shallan in Kholinar (shocking, I know), but when he told her that the world was better for its association with her, the mental and emotional gut punch literally took my breath away, because it was as if he was talking directly to me. I often feel, as Shallan did and as many of you may, that the world would be better off without me. Spoiler alert: it’s not. We all have something to contribute, as we all have someone who needs our contribution. I can know this without feeling it, without believing it, if that makes sense. I’m working on turning that perspective around and it’s a painstaking process. I have hope of succeeding, eventually, with a little help from my friends.

 

The Journey Continues

Paige: If you’ve gotten this far on our little journey through mental illness in The Stormlight Archive and how it’s impacted my personal journey, both before and after my own diagnoses, I thank you for sticking around. If you’ve faced your own struggles, and found solace in the pages of these books, then I salute you.

If you’re fortunate to be one of the four out of five people not afflicted with mental health issues, I also thank you for reading through this article. I hope that it might help to give you some insight into these characters, or into family members or friends who may be suffering. If so, then it was all worth it. It was painful to write and even more painful to share, and I’d like to thank Ross for his help and support as we slogged through this monster piece of writing…and for helping me to organize the jumble of thoughts in my mind.

If there are any particular quotes or segments in the books which have touched you and may have been omitted above (because did you see how long this article was?), leave a comment below and let us know. If there’s something you wish to share privately, please feel free to reach out to me via Facebook Messenger.

Ross: And again, if you’re experiencing thoughts of harming yourself or others, please call the National Suicide Prevention Hotline at 1-800-273-8255, or chat by visiting the Suicide Prevention Lifeline Chat.

Paige juggles two jobs, two cats, numerous writing projects, and her sanity. She’s honored to have received a scholarship to attend the 2018 Writing Excuses Retreat in September and can’t want to flail about it when she gets back. She lives in Truth or Consequences, NM, which is a real, weird place. #goYankees

Ross is a software developer by day and an aspiring author by night. When he juggles, it’s mostly just normal stuff. Balls, other small objects, that kind of thing. He lives in Roswell, GA with his wife, two children, and a tiny dog named Hercules.

Oathbringer Reread: Chapters Twenty-Three and Twenty-Four

$
0
0

Oathbringer by Brandon Sanderson

Lyn: Greetings and welcome back to another installment of the Oathbringer reread! Alice is taking a much-needed vacation, so I’ll be joined for a few weeks by our resident Stormwarden and Lift super-fan Ross Newberry! Hiya, Ross! Want to introduce yourself?

Ross: Hi, all! I’ve been a Sanderson beta reader for a couple of years, and Lyn’s calling me a Stormwarden because, during the Oathbringer beta process, I built a spreadsheet to help calculate Highstorm and Everstorm transit times across Roshar. That stuff got…

L: Complicated?

R: A bit. But what I was going to say was, it got me hung with the title of Stormwarden among the beta group, a title which I was secretly quite proud of and never argued against whatsoever. In addition to that stuff, I’m a sometimes author of Tor articles, pretty exclusively on Sanderson stuff, because Brandon is my jam.

The Lift thing is kind of funny, too. As soon as her first Interlude hit, I knew she was my favorite Stormlight character. This was before I learned any Edgedancer Ideals. I’m also a person with a very high level of empathy for others, so as Lift grew through Edgedancer and Oathbringer, I felt that the character had been written just for me. Brandon has a way of making sure every reader has a connection with one of his characters, and it’s something I find most amazing about his writing. My other role in Lift lore is that I tried to get the chapter in Oathbringer where she first appears entitled “A Thing About Butts”. It was a close thing, but I failed.

L: Well, we at least named one of the sections in the reread similarly, so there’s that!

R: So yeah, that’s me!

Now, without further ado, let’s make with the rereading! Reminder: we’ll potentially be discussing spoilers for the ENTIRE NOVEL in each reread. No spoilers for other Cosmere novels in this particular reread, so you’re safe there. But if you haven’t read ALL of Oathbringer, best to wait to join us until you’re done.

Chapter Recap

WHO: Kaladin Stormblessed, Dalinar
WHERE: Somewhere in Vamah lands, Urithiru.
WHEN: 1174.1.4.2, three days after the last Kaladin scene. 1174.1.4.3

We begin with Kaladin securing shelter for his new parshman compatriots under the pretense of a “very private brightlord.” As they settle in to sit out the highstorm, the Voidspren confronts Kaladin and asks him if he’s planning to fight with them.

Switching back to Urithiru for chapter 24 finds Dalinar waiting for Taravangian to arrive. The old king appears to be having a bad day, and struggles to find the words to introduce the Knight Radiant he’s discovered—a woman named Malata. Dalinar and Navani have a discussion about the Nightwatcher’s deals and how said deals always last until death—so why is Dalinar’s wearing off now, allowing him to remember Evi? They receive a missive from the God-king of Tukar soundly refusing Dalinar’s alliance, and Taravangian assumes that Dalinar will begin conquering the rest of the world.

Threshold of the storm

Titles: “Storming Strange” and “Men of Blood and Sorrow”

“What happened?”

“I don’t know,” he said. “But it’s storming strange, I’d say.”

L: Not only is this taken from a direct quote, but it’s pretty fitting, seeing as how we’ve got a highstorm arriving in this chapter. And that Voidspren is pretty storming strange.

R: All of the Voidspren are storming strange.

“I do not think you and I are destined for such a glorious place. Men of blood and sorrow don’t get an ending like that, Dalinar Kholin.”

L: This is a little heartbreaking. I’m one of those who has a soft spot for Taravangian. He’s doing terrible things, yes. Awful things. Things that he has no expectation of redemption for. (Perhaps someday we’ll be able to say “Taravangian did great things. Terrible… but great.”) But he’s doing them because he truly, genuinely believes that only by doing them is he going to save the entire world. He’s shouldering this evil because he doesn’t want anyone else to have to—or because he doesn’t trust that anyone else would succeed. Reminds me a bit of a certain someone in one of my favorite animes…

R: I have a strong Journey Before Destination feeling about this kind of stuff, so I tend to come down more on the side of Big Daddy Dalinar. If you can’t win without turning super evil, maybe you don’t deserve to win. If you can’t make a world-saving omelet without breaking murdering several thousand (hundred thousand?!) eggs people, then I’m not hungry.

L: Ross the Edgedancer NOT WANTING FOOD? ::gasp:: Lift would be so offended. But in all seriousness, this is really a tough question, and one that I don’t think has a right answer. I get so many Code Geass vibes off of this whole situation (vibes that I shan’t go into detail on here because if you haven’t watched the show, it would spoil one of the best twist endings in anime history for you), and that show completely wrecked me (in a good way), so…. Maybe it’s just because of that, but I hold at least a little sympathy for T’s outlook here.

R: Well I haven’t seen that, so for me, he’s just an evil jerkface. ::harrumph::

L: Fair enough! (I suspect that I’ll be in the minority on this viewpoint anyway.)

Heralds

Chapter 23, all four are Talenel, the Herald of War. He is associated with the attributes Dependable and Resourceful. Well, Kaladin is certainly being dependable and resourceful here! He’s taking good care of his new wards, getting them into shelter before the highstorm hits.

In chapter 24, we’ve got THREE Heralds represented. Chanarach (dustbringers), Battar (elsecallers) x2, and Ishar (bondsmiths). Whew! That’s a lot of Heralds for one arch! So let’s start with the most obvious one—Ishar’s present because he shows up in this chapter. He’s the God-king Tezim. As for the others… Chanarach’s probably here because Malata—a Dustbringer—is. As for the double Battar… hmm. Her divine attributes are Wisdom and Care. Dalinar is trying to be wise in his dealings with T, and Navani is exemplifying “care” in her attempts to help her new husband come to terms with his awakening memories.

Icon

Kaladin’s cloak & spears and Kholin glyph, indicating Kaladin and Dalinar POV chapters, respectively.

Epigraph

I am no poet, to delight you with clever allusions. I have no doubt that you are smarter than I am. I can only relate what happened, what I have done, and then let you draw conclusions.

–From Oathbringer, preface

R: Recall that Dalinar is writing the content of these epigraphs just at the end of Oathbringer’s timeline. He may still be somewhat reeling from the crash of memories of all that lead to Evi’s death. That’s the only reason I can think that he’d automatically assume that any reader of his book would be smarter than he. The man’s not that modest.

Stories & Songs

“In each case I’ve looked into, the boon and curse both lasted until death.”

“Each case?” Dalinar said. “How many did you find?”

“About three hundred at this point,” Navani said.

L: That’s a lot of people who have visited the Nightwatcher.

R: Busy valley!

L: Though I have to admit, if I had the chance to get any wish I wanted granted (with the caveat of a curse being added on too), I might just take it. I can’t blame those who went to the Nightwatcher, it’s a tempting offer for sure.

R: Very. And the Old Magic has also been quite thoroughly misrepresented to the reader, since either one or both of the primary characters we thought had gone through the Nightwatcher Makeover may have gotten the much stranger Cultivation protocol instead.

L: Wait a second. You think T got the Cultivation treatment? Or are you thinking of someone else?

R: I was thinking of Dalinar and Lift.

L: Oh, duh. Right. Of course you were.I’d say it’s a pretty good bet that she went to Cultivation, yeah.

R: I have a whole giant theory about Lift and Cultivation, but I’m not sure if this is the time or the place to get into that. Maybe I can drop by when My Girl arrives onscreen.

Relationships & Romances

“I’ve never had anyone to share this burden with,” he said softly. “Thank you.”

“I didn’t find anything.”

“It doesn’t matter.”

L: Awwwwwwwwwwwwwww. I really love this romance, because—unlike most I see in speculative fiction—it’s a mature romance. There’s no squabbling or love triangles or uncertainty. It’s like… relaxing by a nice warm fire on a chilly night. Comfortable. Most times we see the roaring fires, devouring everything in their passion. Rand and Aviendha. Kvothe and Denna. Locke Lamora and Sabetha. Reason is left by the wayside when the heart flares so bright and hot. But Dalinar and Navani just feel… different. Strangely, it reminds me a little of Eddie and Susannah in The Dark Tower. Ross, do you concur?

R: Ayuh. Or, at least, what Eddie and Susannah eventually grew into. He was plenty young, dumb, and full of… uh… himself? at the beginning of their relationship. But yes, though there’s obvious passion between Dalinar and Navani, it’s the banked coal bed that keeps all night, instead of the ten-foot-high bonfire made of kindling.

L: You say true, Gunslinger.

Bruised & Broken

He had always remembered the years following Evi’s death, which had culminated in his being drunk and useless on the night Szeth, the Assassin in White, had killed his brother.

L: We’ll get a lot more of this later (too much, maybe, for my soft heart to bear), but for now it’s worth noting that Dalinar has no idea how bad things are about to get when these memories truly return.

…someone might have muscled him out of power, and acted like king in all but name. Dalinar sighed softly, but kept a firm grip on his guilt.

R: I actually really like this thought from Dalinar. He knows he’s overstepping, and he doesn’t like it, but he’s not going to let a bit of nephew-usurpation get between him and the end of the world. Practical!

L: But he’s still feeling guilty about it, which ties into what I want to talk about in a section farther down….

Diagrams & Dastardly Designs

Taravangian smiled at Dalinar, then licked his lips. He seemed to have forgotten what he wanted to say, and had to glance at the woman beside him for support.

L: Is Mister T having a “stupid day” here, or is he playing dumb? Honestly, it could go either way. If it’s a smart day, he’d know that he’d need to live up to the reputation that preceded him. However, when he’s “smart,” he doesn’t seem to be able to act with empathy and compassion at all. I’m not sure any act he tried would be convincing enough to Dalinar.

“Ah, how I wish this day hadn’t come.”

“You sound as if you anticipated it, Your Majesty,” Dalinar said.

Taravangian laughed softly. “Don’t you? Anticipate sorrow, I mean? Sadness… loss…”

L: Nice cover there, Mister T. I suspect that this might have been a slip of the tongue at first, which T managed to sweep aside because really, who would suspect this doddering old man of predestination? (My mind just tried to take a side track into theories-ville regarding the Vorin religion’s aversion to telling the future—what if someone in the past had a similar ability and it turned out AWFUL and this is why the abhorrence of ‘divination’ exists? But that would mean that someone else asked the Nightwatcher a similar question and that it didn’t have anything to do with the Truthwatchers which I am pretty sure has been explicitly stated so this is probably just exhausted rambling on my part… Also, how long has the Nightwatcher been ‘in business,’ so to speak? I’m almost certainly wrong, but it would be interesting if the whole Truthwatcher bit was a red herring.)

R: That’s a lot of questions with not a lot of answers. But they’re good questions!

What had happened in Vedenar must have troubled him deeply—the death of the previous king, the field of slaughter.

L: Yeeaaaah. I’m certain T’s been directly responsible for way worse… but of course, there’s no way that Dalinar could know that.

(Regarding the Shin): “Hateful people,” Taravangian said. “Murdering so many worthy monarchs!”

L: ::dryly:: Right, T. Like you had nothing to do with it.

R: I just… ugh. He makes me feel dirty, even on a “dense” day.

Squires & Sidekicks

“Blackthorn, this is the newest Knight Radiant. Malata of Jah Keved.”

L: I do. Not. Trust. This woman. Part of it might just be my long-ago training in Latin making me suspect her based solely on the root of her name—“Male” meaning “wrongly” or, more commonly when used as an English root, “bad.” Now, it’s not fair to judge characters in an entirely different world on the Earth uses of word constructs, as those wouldn’t exist there—but I can’t help it. And it doesn’t help that she consistently acts so damn sketchy! Plus, she’s on Taravangian’s team, and that’s certainly a reason to question her motivations.

R: And Brandon tends to write the books as if they’ve been translated for us, right? So it’s conceivable that Latin roots could still be hints. Plus, the fact that the leader of a secret society that’s done a whole lot of evil in the name of the “greater good” just happens to show up with a Radiant in tow does not at all scream “hinky”. Mmmmm. Lies.

“A Releaser. Dustbringer, though they don’t like the term. She claims her spren told her that.” He rubbed his chin. “I don’t like how she smiles.”

L: GOOD, Dalinar. Trust your instincts. I DON’T LIKE HER EITHER.

R: It’s also said that they like taking things apart. Looney theory: Balat Davar, with his cremling-vivisection tendencies, is an incipient Dustbringer!

Places & Peoples

In Alethkar, this man would never have been able to hold a throne after the apoplexy struck him. An unscrupulous family would have removed him by assassination.

L: Interesting that Dalinar mentions this, when we’ve set up in previous recent chapters that the Alethi don’t like assassination. I guess that explains the “unscrupulous” bit.

R: Will he and Jasnah ever end up having a very uncomfortable conversation about the employment of assassins?

L: Only if he finds out about it via other sources. I don’t think Jasnah’s the type to admit to doing this without some good reason.

In other families, someone would have challenged him for his throne. He’d have been forced to fight or abdicate.

L: I wonder if he means a duel or an outright war by “fight,” here.

R: That’d likely have a lot to do with whether the challenger thought they could win a duel…

In Kharbranth—which didn’t wage war—

L: Whoa whoa whoa, hold the phone. Not at ALL? Because they just don’t have anything worth taking so no one has ever bothered attacking, or what?

R: Or they’ve taken great pains to be Roshar Switzerland. The Swiss do have the benefit of being buried in the Alps, though….

Teshav had finished pointing out the strange glass panes on the inner walls that seemed like windows, only clouded.

L: SCREENS, perhaps?! Like computer screens, or televisions?

R: But Dadlinar is too old to figure out newfangled Urithiru computer tech. He’ll have to call Shallan to reset the VCR.

She moved on to the pairs of discs on the floor and ceiling that looked something like the top and bottom of a pillar that had been removed—a feature of a number of rooms they’d explored.

L: So many mysteries about Urithiru! I can’t wait to find out more about this city and how it used to function.

R: I really hoped we’d see some of that in Oathbringer. Alas, we’ll just have to wait a bit. If the one-year break between books three and four works out, though, we may begin the next volume with some glances of already-working discoveries.

“A warning,” Navani read, “from Tezrim the Great, last and first man, Herald of Heralds and bearer of the Oathpact. His grandness, immortality and power be praised. Lift up your heads and hear, men of the east, of your God’s proclamation.”

L: Hey there, Ishar! Nice to see you! I find it somewhat amusing that no one even considers that this guy might actually be one of the Heralds.

R: In their defense, it has been 4,500 years.

L: That’s true. To put it in perspective, Jesus was alive only 2,000 years ago in our world (half as long as this!), and I’d raise an eyebrow if someone claimed to be him today.

Tight Butts and Coconuts

“He’s as sincere as ever,” Dalinar said softly. “But…”

“Dense?” she asked.

“Dear, I’m dense. This man has become an idiot.”

L: I have to laugh a little at the “I’m dense” part. Dalinar never gives himself enough credit!

R: I know how he feels. My wife has a pair of neurological conditions known as obsessive thoughts and racing thoughts. What this means is that, any time we disagree on an issue, by the time I’m halfway done with a sentence, she’s already played through all the possible solutions to our game of conversational chess, and is already getting bored of waiting on my mouth to stop moving so she can pounce. Dalinar has had enough exposure to Navani and Jasnah in his life to know exactly where he stands on the intellectual spectrum. And he’s comfortable with his relative position.

Weighty Words

Since when had the state of the entire world become his concern?

L: I’m putting this little quote here, because I suspect that it ties into what will become Kaladin’s fourth ideal. The best theories we have as to what that could be revolve around Kaladin realizing that he can’t possibly save everyone.

R: Boy, maybe Hoid kicked Kaladin just a touch too hard when he told the story of the Uvara all the way back in TWoK. The point of the story was to have K step up to lead Bridge Four, not necessarily take the weight of the entire world on his broad, muscly, bridge-trained shoulders.

“If she’s truly a Radiant,” Navani said, “can she be anything but trustworthy? Would the spren pick someone who would act against the best interests of the orders?”

L: Man, this is a good question. I’d assume that the spren aren’t omniscient, or infallible—surely they’ll have made mistakes in the past? (Hell, Syl started drawing away/fading when Kaladin started making dumb choices in WoR, so it’s entirely possible that the people the spren choose can mess it all up with their choices even if the base attributes which drew the spren to begin with are still there.) And then there’s the fact that the spren don’t always seem to like one another, and the fact that so little is known about the Dustbringers… And the fact that some spren ::cough Glys cough:: have been corrupted… lots of red flags. Lots.

R: There’s another angle that Navani misses here. Every Radiant bond we’ve seen so far tends to obey the same rules. Break the Ideals, you sever the bond. This was even the case with Shallan and Pattern. Lightweavers don’t swear any Ideals past the First, but Shallan definitely had access to Patternblade as a child, and then regressed from that point as she suppressed her memories.

Here’s my point. Just because spren need to pick Radiants who will follow the Ideals of their Order, there’s no evidence that the Orders all have the same goals….

L: Well, it’s a relatively good bet that all of them used to be on the “saving-the-world” bandwagon, but now? Who knows.

He’d need to see if he could determine whether her Shardblade was only that, or if it might be another Honorblade in disguise.

L: Or that. Though I think Dalinar’s still being awfully trusting if that’s the only hesitation he has, here.

R: It does seem an easy enough test. “Yo, my Radiant! Can you dismiss and re-summon your Shardblade within one heartbeat for me? Just for funsies.”

Martial Motivations

“Where do we attack first?”

Dalinar listened to the words with dismay. It was the obvious assumption. …What would he do if nobody listened? … He’d been willing to conquer Alethkar for its own good. … How far would he go for the good of all Roshar?

I will unite instead of divide.

L: Wow. Lots to unpack here. Why don’t you start us off, Ross?

R: First would be the question from Taravangian. Is he defaulting to the way he’d interact with the Blackthorn of old? Or is he poking and prodding cleverly, informed by the Diagram? Without a PoV, it’s difficult to tell whether Mr. T’s eccentricity in this chapter is genuine.

L: Then there’s the question of how far Dalinar really is willing to go. Is he ready to make the same sacrifices that T is, killing half the world to save the rest? Let’s play Devil’s Advocate for a moment here and say that there’s no other option. Could he make that decision, take on the burden of becoming a warlord, in order to save what’s left? I don’t think so, especially after the events at the end of this book. I think he’d keep looking for another solution until the bitter end. Although… Remember how I said there was more I wanted to talk about, with Dalinar feeling guilty about usurping Elhokar’s throne? He was willing to do that, for the greater good. What else might he be willing to do?

R: I don’t see Dalinar ever going that route. Hoid could, and has said straight up he’d let Roshar burn to achieve his goals, but Dalinar has been shown to us on this arc toward honor for a narrative reason.

L: Ah, but letting the entirety of Roshar burn for the greater good of the Cosmere would be different from Dalinar’s POV. Hoid’s not native to his Roshar—his loyalties of course lie elsewhere. Dalinar would almost certainly be unwilling to sacrifice everyone he knows and loves, his entire home—as a great sage and wise scholar once said, he’s “one of the idiots that lives in it.” But part of Roshar? I’m still unsure. It’s a hard choice, and one that any military commander has to be at least passingly familiar with. Leaving behind the wounded to save the majority. Sacrificing a regiment of your troops to gain advantage with the rest. It’s strategy, unfortunately, and while Dalinar has come a long way from the uncaring asshole of his youth, he’s still a military commander. Kaladin’s struggling with almost the same question—not everyone can be saved.

Can they?

A Scrupulous Study of Spren

The spren beside him was glowing yellow, not blue-white. The tiny woman stood on a translucent pillar of golden stone that had risen from the ground to put her even with Kaladin’s gaze. It, like the spren herself, was the yellow-white color of the center of a flame.

She wore a flowing dress that covered her legs entirely. Hands behind her back, she inspected him. Her face was shaped oddly—narrow, but with large, childlike eyes. Like someone from Shinovar.

L: There are a few interesting things going on with this Voidspren. For starters, she’s wearing a dress. From what we’ve seen, the Listeners don’t wear dresses… so why is this Voidspren adhering to Rosharan standards of beauty? Also, I find the fact that she has Shin eyes very interesting. We know that the Rosharans aren’t native to this world, but then, neither are the Shin…

R: The fact that their default physical appearance mirrors the Shin starts off as a, “huh?” moment. But, once the Humans-are-the-Voidbringers reveal gets dropped, I think that takes on a new relevance. I think these ancient Voidspren appear Shin because Surgebinding itself was brought by those Voidbringer humans. They are some of the original spren who formed those first Rosharan Nahel bonds, and their appearance recalls that first contact.

L: So the Shin were the first arrivals in this scenario?

R: Mmmmm. Lies. I’d say, instead, that the humans who immigrated to Roshar settled (or were confined) first behind the high mountains in Shinovar, where they were safe from the highstorms (for textual evidence, see “The Girl Who Looked Up” and “The Girl Who Stood Up”.) My theory is that the epicanthic fold and other physical features of non-Shin Rosharan humans came from evolutionary adaptations and interbreeding with other races. The current Shin still look like their ancestors because their bloodlines have remained pure, and the relatively peaceful biome of Shinovar leaves no room for such evolutionary adaptations to confer a survival benefit.

L: That implies interbreeding with either native life-forms or world-hoppers, though, right?

R: Well, we have WoB that the Horneaters are human-Parshendi hybrids, and the Iriali and Siah Aimians are potentially from off-world originally, so there’s lots of room there to play with genetics.

“I’m a tad older than a month.”

R: Wayyyyy older. Aharietiam (gesundheit!) was 4,500 years ago, and was, according to lore, the ninety-ninth Desolation. It’s quite likely that, given the years between Desolations to allow civilization to crawl back a bit, we’re talking about ten to twenty thousand more years during that time. A tad more than a month, indeed.

“Would you fight for us, deserter?” she asked.

“Would I be allowed?”

“My kind aren’t nearly as inclined towards discrimination as yours.”

R: I mean, they called storming Moash out of the bullpen…. ‘Nuff said?

L: (Obligatory f*** Moash.)

R: However, what if this passage is Brandon dropping us a hint? What if spren bonds between humans and Voidspren are possible, and are also radically different from Radiant bonds, to the point that Ideals aren’t necessary?

Quality Quotations

“Deal with today’s problems, then sleep and deal with tomorrow’s problems tomorrow.”

* * *

“The Shin send only a quick reply to congratulate us, whatever that means.”

“Hateful people,” Taravangian said. “Murdering so many worthy monarchs.”

R: Ohhhh you son of a whitespine.

L: To congratulate them? On what?

 

Next week we’ll be focusing on one chapter—25, The Girl Who Looked Up. Feel free to join the discussion in the comments below, and if you haven’t yet had a chance, check out Ross and Paige’s latest article about mental illness in Roshar!

Ross is a software engineer by day and an aspiring author by night. He lives in Roswell, GA with his wife, two sons, and a tiny dog named Hercules.

Lyndsey is still doggedly working through revisions on Crimson Intent, book two of her own fantasy trilogy. She’ll be taking a break to travel to NYC on Friday to attend Jim Butcher’s book signing—if you’ll be there, feel free to say hi! If you’re an aspiring author, a cosplayer, or just like geeky content, follow her work on Facebook or her website.


Brandon Sanderson Developing Multimedia Fantasy Project Dark One

$
0
0

Brandon Sanderson preview Skyward young adult novel Reckoners Apocalypse Guard

FremantleMedia North America and Random House Studio are partnering with fantasy author Brandon Sanderson on a new multimedia project called Dark One. This fantasy drama, about a young man with visions of a fantasy world he is fated to destroy, will take place over an ambitious number of platforms including a dramatic television series, a graphic novel, a supplementary book series, and a podcast.

According to Deadline, Sanderson will develop the TV series, write the graphic novel for Vault Comics, and pen the multi-volume book series, the latter which will follow side characters introduced in the series. The aforementioned podcast will lay the groundwork for the series, exploring events and “incidents” prior to the start of the story. Here’s how Deadline describes the premise of Dark One:

Dark One will be a dramatic fantasy adventure spotlighting a young man who sees visions of strange and fantastical worlds, which he is told are just hallucinations. But this dark and deadly fantasy world that keeps coming to him is actually a real vision of another world—one where he has been prophesied to become a tyrant and destroy this land of interesting creatures, sporadic electrical currents and a darkening landscape.

“I’m used to painting a picture in words,” Sanderson said in the official announcement. “Dark One came to life when I freed myself to think of it as a project for actual visual media, with the setting, characters and outline all coming together. I’m excited to be able to partner with FremantleMedia North America and Random House Studio on this for television.”

From Dante Di Loreto, president of scripted entertainment at FremantleMedia North America: “Brandon Sanderson is a powerful storyteller and one of the world’s most admired fantasy writers. The narrative of Dark One will examine the dual roles we often take on in life—the ability to be a savior as well as a destroyer, and this innovative creative partnership with Brandon will serve as a catalyst for deepening the connection between him and his many fans.”

FremantleMedia’s other current projects include the second season of American Gods and the forthcoming adaptation of Gormenghast, helmed by Neil Gaiman and Akiva Goldsman. Sanderson’s new YA science fiction novel Skyward will be available this November. In the meantime, join the Oathbringer Reread!

Oathbringer Reread: Chapter Twenty-Five

$
0
0

Lyn: Plays, pernicious polymorphs, and Patterns abound on this week’s installment of the Oathbringer reread! Ross is joining me again this week, as Alice is still on vacation.

Ross: Hi again, my Radiant friends! I’m glad I got to sit in on this chapter, as I feel it’s the hub about which the entirety of the Urithiru plot in Part One turns.

Reminder: we’ll potentially be discussing spoilers for the ENTIRE NOVEL in each reread. There are no spoilers for other Cosmere novels this week. But if you haven’t read ALL of Oathbringer, best to wait to join us until you’re done.

Chapter Recap

WHO: Shallan Davar
WHERE: Urithiru
WHEN: 1174.1.4.3

Shallan finds an old theater in her exploration of Urithiru, and proceeds to “create” a play for Pattern’s benefit. She tells a tale of a girl in ages past who travels to a giant wall purportedly built to protect her people from a great evil. She climbs up it, only to discover that the wall was actually meant to keep her people—the monsters—separated from the peaceful society on the other side. As her illusions fade, Shallan sees a shadowy figure seated in the back of the room, watching. She gives chase but loses the disturbing spren down an air shaft. When she picks up its trail again in the market, she discovers that it has mimicked her attack on the large horneater man from an earlier chapter by stabbing poor Rock through the hand. She’s approached by a woman wanting to join the Ghostbloods, but turns her away.

Threshold of the storm

Title: The Girl Who Looked Up

L: It’s pretty self-explanatory where the title for this one came from.

Heralds

This chapter portrays two different characters, each shown twice. The first is Shalash, Patron of the Lightweavers, which is fitting seeing as how this is a Shallan chapter and our girl’s using quite a lot of her powers here. We can also draw a parallel to Shalash’s divine attribute of creativity, for the same reason.

The second isn’t a Herald—it’s a Mysterious Masked Character whom Alice tells me is the Joker—generally indicating some sort of Wild Card effect, or an appearance by Hoid.

R: I wonder if the Joker is here because of the creepy Midnight Mother murderspren or because of a thematic link to the reappearance of Shallan’s story later in the book, in the chapter “The Girl Who Stood Up”, which Very Definitely includes our buddy Hoid.

Icon

Pattern, indicating a Shallan POV chapter.

Epigraph

I will confess my murders before you. Most painfully, I have killed someone who loved me dearly.

–From Oathbringer, preface

L: I don’t really know what to say about this. It’s pretty straightforward. I suppose we could tie it into this particular chapter a little with the knowledge that both Shallan and Dalinar have the shared experience of having killed people they loved, a fact that Shallan is most certainly still struggling with here.

R: Question: How many murders are we talking about here? Just all the residents of Rathalas (plus Evi)? Or is there more pain buried in there?

L: It feels like more to me. I think Dalinar regrets all the lives he’s taken. I have literally no textual evidence to back this up, mind—just a feeling.

R: Sure, nothing will make you regret hordes of dead soldiers more than an epic worldwide battle-apocalypse.

Stories & Songs

“There was a girl,” Shallan said. “This was before storms, before memories, and before legends—but there was still a girl.”

L: I’ve gotta wonder if this is mostly just artful dialogue, or if there might be a seed of truth in it. The “before storms” bit is explained a little farther down (the wall blocks them out), but I find it hard to believe that there could be anything “before memories.” If that were true, how would the story have been passed along?

R: Plus, we have WoB that the highstorms (in some form) predate the arrival of Honor on Roshar. Methinks it’s artistic license. It actually reminds me of the way Rothfuss has his characters begin myths in Kingkiller. Whimsical, but with just enough information to catch a careful reader’s attention. It may just be a narrative signpost saying, “Here’s a myth, and myths Come From Somewhere. Pay attention.”

“The girl stared at those steps,” Shallan whispered, remembering, “and suddenly the gruesome statues on her side of the wall made sense. The spears. The way it cast everything into shadow. The wall did indeed hide something evil, something frightening. It was the people, like the girl and her village.”

L: From the end of the book, we know that this is allegory for the realization that the humans are the Voidbringers after all. They thought themselves the heroes, but in fact were the monsters, the villains, all along.

R: Who first told this story? Did it begin with the humans as a reminder that they’d been super naughty and ruined their last planet, so maybe they should try to back off on the dickishness 50% or so? Or was it told to the humans by the Listeners, for essentially the same reason?

L: That’s a really good question. Usually you can pinpoint who the initial storyteller was by who the villains are—history (and, often, myths) is written by the winners, after all. But it’s not quite so cut-and-dry in this story, is it?

R: Not by a long shot.

“She goes down and sees a perfect society lit by Stormlight. She steals some and brings it back.”

L: Echoes of Prometheus, here, stealing fire from Zeus to give to the mortals. Did the humans indeed “steal” the ability to utilize Stormlight from the Listeners? They must have… Stormlight couldn’t have existed on their planet, right? This is a really fascinating question (and one that I’m sure Alice would have had an answer for)—how exactly did the early humans learn to use Stormlight? I’m still so iffy on the ages-back-worldbuilding, it all gets mixed up in my head. Ross, do you know?

R: The humans brought Surgebinding with them, but that ancient Surgebinding probably wasn’t fueled by Honor’s Investiture, that’s true. It’s quite possible they were using Odium’s Voidlight before…

L: I wonder if one or the other is more powerful… the “original” Surgebinding via Odium’s power, or Stormlight?

R: We’ve seen some hints about differing potency, but those have also been muddied by human-versus-Listener usage. Venli might be a really good window into how the different forms of Investiture differ in the next book.

“The storms come as a punishment, tearing down the wall.”

L: Now here’s where I get more interested. How is the storm opening them up to a perfect society a punishment for them? If anything, this seems like it would be a punishment to the denizens of the other side of the wall, who have done nothing wrong and are now being exposed to the “monsters.” It’s possible that the analogy is just breaking down here as it has been told and retold over the ages, but… I wonder.

“It’s a lie, Pattern. A story. It doesn’t mean anything.”

L: Come on, Shallan. You’re smarter than that. You of all people should know that there are seeds of truth to every story, that they can reveal things about our natures and our societies that are deeper than the surface. Hoid would be so disappointed in you.

R: Pattern may be showing more maturity than Shallan here. As we’ll cover below, he’s already keyed in to the fact that stories mean something. If not about something historical, they tell a culture’s norms, and dreams, and fears.

Bruised & Broken

“I always imagined being up on one of these. When I was a child, becoming a player seemed the grandest job. To get away from home, travel to new places.” To not have to be myself for at least a brief time each day.

Too many memories of her father, and of her mother, who had loved telling her stories. She tried to banish those memories, but they wouldn’t go.

L: Simply taking note here of the reminders Sanderson’s dropping that Shallan is Most Certainly Not Healed.

R: Shallan really needs to take a page from Dalinar’s book (rimshot) and stop trying to dissociate from the fact that she totes stabbed Mommy Dearest through the heart with a magic intelligent teleporting sword. As Rosharan comic book character Chulley Quinn said, “Own that crem.” Only then will she be able to live with herself, long-term.

Squires & Sidekicks

“My name is Ishnah. I’m an excellent writer. I can take dictations. I have experience moving in the market underground.”

“You want to be my ward?”

“Ward?” The young woman laughed. “What are we, lighteyes? I want to join you.”

The Ghostbloods, of course. “We’re not recruiting.”

“Please.” She took Veil by the arm. “Please. The world is wrong now. Nothing makes sense. But you… your group… you know things. I don’t want to be blind anymore.”

R: Point 1 in Ishnah’s favor: she immediately recognized the Ghostblood symbol when she saw it.

L: Is that a GOOD point, though? We still know so little about the Ghostbloods and their motives. If someone today came up to me and said “Hey, I’ve heard about this group called the KKK, here’s their symbol” that wouldn’t exactly be a point in their favor.

She’s got some intelligence, yes. But whose side is she on? Does she know what the Ghostbloods are planning, and if she does, FOR HEAVEN’S SAKE let us in on it, won’t you, Ishnah? Are these the good guys or not? WHAT DO THEY KNOOOOOOOW?

R: I feel like the KKK is a touch less secretive than the Ghostbloods. And I imagine they know an awful lot! They’ve got a trophy case chock full of artifacts from other worlds, and are the best positioned, IMO, to be dealing in inter-Shardic politics (other than Hoid, the one-man secret organization of Dooooom).

L: But will they be using that knowledge for Good or Evil… that’s the big question.

R: Their symbol is triangles. Triangles are cool. (Having faith in things based on their shape is unlikely to lead to success anywhere except Sel, kids.) Also, come on. Ghostbloods? Whoever came up with that name wanted the group to sound badass, but didn’t have a lot of experience. Ghosts don’t have blood. These guys weren’t founded by a villain. My guess is they end up being sort of anti-heroish. Sometimes doing bad things for good reasons.

Places & Peoples

The tower of Urithiru was a skeleton, and these strata beneath Shallan’s fingers were veins that wrapped the bones, dividing and spreading across the entire body. But what did those veins carry? Not blood.

L: I’m actually kind of surprised that the idea of energy never even occurs to her. Shallan’s a smart one.

R: And they already have the concept of energy stored in gems. What happens if you Soulcast a long wire of gemstone and then infuse it?

L: Can… can they do that? Have we ever seen Soulcasters change gems into just… a different configuration of gem? Smoke, food, yes… but just changing the form from one thing to another? I wonder if that’s even possible. (Soulcasting reminds me in a lot of ways of alchemy, and now I’m wondering if there’s some sort of Equivalent Exchange thing going on in regards to the Soulcasters eventually turning into what they alter…)

R: Well, the Soulcasting properties of Diamond are “quartz, glass, crystal”, soooo maybe?

She walked around the edge of the circular room. The wall was scored by a series of deep slots that ran from floor to ceiling. She could feel air moving through them. What was the purpose of a room like this?

L: A delivery system, maybe? Like the tubes at the drive-thru at the bank? I suppose it could be as simple as ventilation, but you’d think Shallan would have picked up on that rather than thinking it all strange…

R: If you dropped an impeller in that round room and spun it, it would suck air from the center and force it out the slots.

L: So you think it’s a ventilation system then?

R: That seems like the simplest explanation. Which, considering Brandon’s thought process, could be utterly wrong.

Weighty Words

A dozen versions of herself, from drawings she’d done recently, split around her and dashed through the room. Shallan in her dress, Veil in her coat. Shallan as a child, Shallan as a youth. Shallan as a soldier, a happy wife, a mother. Leaner here, plumper there. Scarred. Bright with excitement. Bloodied in pain. They vanished after passing her, collapsing one after another into Stormlight that curled and twisted about itself before vanishing away.

L: At first I’d assumed that this was the Midnight Mother messing with her head, but the fact that they dissolve into Stormlight must mean that she’s making them herself. Is she deliberately creating a phantom army to confuse the enemy? Or is this subconscious, a sort of defense mechanism that she didn’t initially intend?

R: I can definitely see this as a precursor to the Lightwoven army at Thaylen City. Then, it was more on purpose, but this seems like a reflexive action meant to make her seem part of a crowd, instead of a lone girl.

A Scrupulous Study of Spren

“I could understand people… mmmm…. Through the lies they want to be told.”

L: This reminds me a little of Grand Admiral Thrawn in the old Star Wars Heir to the Empire novel (now sadly de-canon-ized, but still well worth a read if you haven’t checked it out before). He used a culture’s artwork to determine strategies by which to defeat and subjugate them. There’s something to be said about studying a culture’s fiction, artwork, and—yes, Pattern—their theater in order to understand them better.

R: I’d venture a guess that you’d learn more about folks from the lies they want to be told than by the truths they hold dearest, though there’s also rich cultural depth in how many of those truths are actually True, and how many have been shouted about by a majority until the opposition tired.

#PatternLovesFakeNews?

#Sorry

L: #notsorry

Creationspren had started to appear around her on the benches, in the form of old latches or doorknobs, rolling about or moving end over end.

L: I was curious about this, because I remembered creationspren being mentioned in WoK but I’d forgotten what they’d looked like, so I looked it up.

Creationspren were of medium size, as tall as one of her fingers, and they glowed with a faint silvery light. They transformed perpetually, taking new shapes. Usually the shapes were things they had seen recently. An urn, a person, a table, a wheel, a nail. Always of the same silvery color, always the same diminutive height. They imitated shapes exactly, but moved them in strange ways. A table would roll like a wheel, an urn would shatter and repair itself.

L: Interesting, then, that these ones chose to represent doorknobs. I wonder if there’s some significance to this… Why doorknobs, specifically? Representative of the doors opening (and unable to be closed) within her mind, perhaps? She did note that she’d seen some doors earlier, but I could have sworn that most of the doors in Urithiru were destroyed by the ravages of time.

R: Ummmm that’s a really good point. Shallan even notes the missing doors in this chapter. Is this an indication that the Midnightspren that was watching her entered the theater through a secret door?

“What happened?” Pattern said. “Shallan? I must know what happened. Did she turn back?”

L: I love how invested Pattern is in this story.

R: Cosmere Pun Police! You’re under arrest for not capitalizing the I in Invested.

L: Lock me up, copper.

R: Bahaha! You are forgiven.

A dark mass wriggled deep inside, squeezing between walls. Like goo, but with bits jutting out. Those were elbows, ribs, fingers splayed along one wall, each knuckle bending backward.

The thing twisted, head deforming in the tiny confines, and looked toward her. She saw eyes reflecting her light, twin spheres set in a mashed head, a distorted human visage.

L: The horror fan in me is thrilled by this. It’s amazingly horrific. It also reminds me a little of the mistwraiths from Mistborn.

R: Brandon has been building the Lovecraftian language to clue the reader in that Things Aren’t Right in every Shallan PoV so far, but yes, in this chapter, this description and the comparison of the tower to Pattern’s “impossible geometries” are a flashing neon sign that Our Heroes Might Be Vacationing In R’lyeh.

Alarming Artwork

She had felt the wrongness Mraize spoke of. … Urithiru was like the impossible geometries of Pattern’s shape. Invisible, yet grating, like a discordant sound.

L: This sketch by Ben McSweeney is very disturbing. I included the quote here because the lines swirling down into the dark center also remind me of Pattern’s shape. These zombie-horses are terrifying in their own right, with their mouths open in silent screams (or snarling in some sort of primal rage), but the fact that they’re all connected and swirling down into a pinprick of darkness just makes them that much more menacing.

R: I’ve seen criticism of Shallan’s artwork in Part One, by folks who Weren’t Getting It, but I loved this piece from the beginning. And I loved it even more when I found out he’d had to revise these drawings a couple of times because they looked too polished!

 

R: Thanks for joining our discussion! Now, go hash out the details in the comments.

Next week, we’ll dive into Chapters 26 and 27, where you’ll find magic horsies, Dalinar killing hundreds of soldiers (including his own) indiscriminately, fighting a duel, and attracting a single shamespren, and Shallan delving deeper into the mystery of What Lurks Beneath Urithiru.

Ross is honestly just happy he got his part of this Reread done while supervising 31 children at Boy Scout summer camp. When not geeking out over Sanderson lore, he either develops software, writes his own stuff, or lives on Facebook.

Lyndsey is recovering from a busy weekend in which she met Jim Butcher at his signing in NYC, went on to walk in the Boston Pride parade as Yuri Katsuki the next day, and followed it all up with some ice skating practice (because clearly she has some sort of death wish and now can’t manage to pull herself off the couch). If you’re an aspiring author, a cosplayer, or just like geeky content, follow her work on Facebook or her website.

Oathbringer Reread: Chapters Twenty-Six and Twenty-Seven

$
0
0

Lyn: Well… Ross and I are here again, brightlords and ladies, with—brace yourselves—another Dalinar flashback chapter. Strap yourselves in for a good Blackthorn-ing, because boy does Dalinar ever deliver on the death and destruction in this one (though not as much so, of course, as he will later on ::shudder::).

Ross: Yeah, I’d say things are smoldering right now, but later on, they really catch fire.

L: They sure do. A glorious, glorious dumpster fire.

I have to say, as much as I love this book in its entirety, I am so ready for Part One to be over. It drags a little for me, probably because of the lack of Kaladin and Bridge 4. (MAH BOYS)

R: Well, it’s going to end strong with B4. Including a certain scout…

L: True, I am a bit biased when it comes to Part Two. But overall I much prefer the flow of the rest of the book once we get past this section.

Reminder: we’ll potentially be discussing spoilers for the ENTIRE NOVEL in each reread. There are no spoilers for other Cosmere novels in this week’s reread. However, if you haven’t read ALL of Oathbringer, best to wait to join us until you’re done.

Chapter Recap

WHO: Young!Dalinar, Shallan
WHERE: ???, Urithiru
WHEN: 1148 for the Dalinar flashback chapter, and 1174.1.4.3 for the present.

Chapter 26 finds us with Dalinar and Evi, the latter of whom is burning prayers for the safety of her “near husband” in the upcoming battle. Gavilar gives Dalinar a mission—kill Kalanor, the leader of the opposing force and a Shardbearer. Dalinar gives in to the Thrill and plows a swath of destruction through the enemy army—but when the proverbial dust clears, he’s disturbed to see that among the fallen (slain by his hand) are some of his own elites. When Kalanor finally rides out to meet him, they battle until Dalinar destroys part of the other man’s Shardplate. Kalanor retreats up a nearby rock formation, where the two continue their duel. Dalinar kills him in an act of “mercy” and descends to claim his Shards before nearly attacking his own brother in a fit of Thrill-induced powerlust.

Moving back to the present, we return to Shallan, who is sitting in a meeting, sketching and only half paying attention to the events that are transpiring. She is approached briefly by Malata, then Ialai Sadeas arrives and pronounces Amaram to be the heir of the Sadeas Princedom. Adolin, incensed by this, leaves, and Shallan follows. They have a discussion in which Shallan learns—and promptly shuts away—that Kaladin was the one who probably killed her brother. Adolin goes to check on his father’s horse and Shallan goes down to check on her “squires,” who are surprised to see her.

Threshold of the storm

Title: Blackthorn Unleashed; Playing Pretend

“Bring me Kalanor, Brother,” Gavilar said. “We need the Blackthorn today.”

“All you need do is unleash him.”

L: Jeez. Dalinar let off the leash is a terror.

R: A terror who commits some of the very same sins as Moash in this chapter. Killing his own elites, Shardstabbing a surrendering opponent through the face. His fearsome reputation was bought and paid for, and I really can’t blame any of the leaders who scoffed at his initial overtures of peace and unity.

L: I can’t believe I’m saying this, but at least Moash had a legitimate reason to do the terrible thing he did. Dalinar’s just cruel and uncaring. The man is completely lacking in empathy. (Oh storms I just defended Moash, quick, someone check me over for brain-controlling alien slugs.)

That refined diction, that perfect face, that crisp uniform… [Amaram] was what every soldier aspired to be.

I’m not the only one who is good at playing pretend, she thought.

L: UGH. AMARAM. We hates him, Precious. ::ahem:: But aside from my hatred, it’s pretty obvious where the chapter title for this one comes from. We’ve also got Shallan playing a little pretend of her own (not that this is anything new for her), when Adolin confronts her with the information about exactly where Amaram got that Shardblade. Shallan promptly shuts that information away, not willing to think about Kaladin having killed her brother—and pretending that everything’s fine. (Spoiler alert: it’s not.)

Heralds

Chapter 26 has Nale in all four positions. He is associated with the attributes “Just” and “Confident,” and if there’s one thing that Dalinar is in this chapter, it’s confident. And not just Dalinar—everyone else is confident in Dalinar’s abilities, too. Except, perhaps, Evi.

Chapter 27 depicts Shalash in all four places, almost certainly because this is a Shallan POV chapter in which she spends a great deal of time drawing.

Icon

L: I’m not gonna lie, I forgot to note these as I was doing my initial read through and now the book’s in the other room and I’m all nested in the blankets on the couch with my laptop and I don’t want to get up, soooo… I’m just going to assume that these are the inverted Kholin glyph and Pattern. I figure I’ve got a 90% chance of being right.

R: You’re correct!

L: Hooray for laziness.

Epigraph:

I will confess my heresy. I do not back down from the things I have said, regardless of what the ardents demand.

–From Oathbringer, preface.

L: No idea what to say about this. Good on you, Dalinar? Way to… not… back down? ::looks at Ross:: I got nothing.

R: I think it’s just Dalinar doing his best to convince the reader that Vorinism isn’t going to help in the coming battle. He’s bonded to all that remains of the Almighty’s power, and he’s met Heralds. He’s not saying he had a crisis of faith and backed off to agnosticism, he’s saying he met Jesus in a restaurant in Des Moines, and they caught up on the past 2000 years or so while giving the entire city an all-you-can-eat bread and fish buffet.

Stories & Songs

Enthralled, he cut down foe after foe, sensing a strange rhythm to the fighting, as if the blows of his sword needed to fall to the dictates of some unseen beat.

L: A RHYTHM, YOU SAY? Okay, silly gifs aside, that’s veeerrrrrry interesting. If the Unmade are of Odium, as Pattern says:

“…it is not a thing of us. It is a thing of him.

“An ancient spren of Odium. Delightful.”

then why is the Thrill (which, reminder, comes from the Unmade Ner… Narg…. Ugh I hate spelling this, Nergaoul) seeming to harmonize with the Listeners’ ideology?! Is it just a random coincidence? Knowing Sanderson, I doubt it.

R: Yeahhhh, no way that’s random. But there are rhythms and rhythms, you know? Praise vs. Spite. But Nergaoul isn’t the only one operating on the Listeners’ carrier wave, since we see the Fused speaking to the rhythms when they give Moash Jezrien’s Honorblade. Soooo, if all the “evil” rhythms come from Odium or the Unmade, where were the “good” rhythms being broadcast from?

L: All of the “Odium” rhythms seem to be corruptions of the “good” ones. I think the good ones are just completely natural to this world (and hence not really being broadcast from anywhere in particular, they’re just the background beat that has always existed here), and Odium co-opted them for his own use. I have literally no textual evidence for this, mind.

R: My only complaint with that is that we still don’t have much evidence for Cultivation’s involvement other than crem, which is basically manna for crustaceans, and a primal pulsing heartbeat feels like a thing Cultivation might be behind.

L: That’s a good point… Cultivation is a huge unknown, and that would be really cool. But would you be positing that Cultivation was around before the humans arrived, or that the Listeners only started attuning the rhythms after she got there?

Relationships & Romances

“Hail the Blackthorn, men! Hail him!” Gloryspren burst around Gavilar, golden orbs that rotated around his head like a crown.

 * * *

I give way to Gavilar in all things. Let him have the throne, let him have love.

I must never be king.

L: The relationship between the brothers here is really sad. Gavilar trusts Dalinar seemingly implicitly—I wonder if he has any idea at all about Dalinar’s long-held flame for his wife. My spheres would be on “no.”

R: It’s interesting that, while Gavilar exults in the unification, Dalinar draws a lone shamespren. Is that merely because of his less-than-honorable battlefield tactics? Or is part of it tied to the unburned glyphward from Navani that Dalinar carries in his pocket?

L: I think it was just him being ashamed that after he was thinking of killing his brother, Gavilar turns around and gives all the glory of this battle to Dalinar without any hesitation. That’s pretty telling, I think. Gavilar’s not just a bloodthirsty warlord like some other Alethi we could mention, ::cough Dalinar cough:: he’s honorable and all too happy to give credit where credit is earned. In another story, the animosity between brothers might have burst into the flames of an all-out war (GRRM, is that you?) but not here. Their relationship, despite Dalinar’s one brief fling with contemplation of murder, remains intact.

“Shallan… that Blade. You know where Amaram got that, right?”

“On the battlefield?”

“From Kaladin.” Adolin raised his hand to his head. “The bridgeboy insisted that he’d saved Amaram’s life by killing a Shardbearer.”

Shallan’s throat grew tight. “Oh.”

Tuck it away. Don’t think about it.

L: As much as it pains me to admit it, I can’t blame Shallan for not wanting to think about this, especially since she’s still kind-of-sort-of subconsciously got the hots for our favorite Bridgeboy.

R: At least part of her does.

L: A part veiled in secrecy.

Who would want to consider the possibility that your crush murdered your own brother? That’s some grade-A nightmare fuel right there, and Harmony knows that Shallan’s already got a noodle-full of that.

Bruised & Broken

He felt sad to have to engage a Shardbearer, instead of continuing his fight against the ordinary men. No more laying waste; he now had only one man to kill.

He could vaguely remember a time when facing lesser challenges hadn’t sated him as much as a good fight against someone capable. What had changed?

L: Okay, so. I’m putting this in Bruised and Broken, because honestly? Dalinar’s broken here. He just doesn’t know it yet. This is some bona-fide sociopathic (psychopathic?) thinking. Now, it’s not all Dalinar’s fault—he’s being influenced by Nergaoul (HA I GOT IT ON THE FIRST TRY) here, but that doesn’t change the fact that he’s considering cutting down swaths of practically unarmed men enjoyable, never mind “more” enjoyable than a challenging one-on-one fight. How twisted do you have to be to think, “Yes, yes… I could fight an armored knight like me, that’s true, but it would take a long time to kill him and there’s a whole FIELD of easy pickings right THERE! The more blood the better!”

Young!Dalinar is awful. Just awful.

R: You’re right. It feels like this flashback chapter might be the nadir of his downward trudge into dishonor. And then you remember he burned a city because people ambushed him….

“It must be convenient to tell yourself that your murders belong to the Almighty instead.”

“They’d better not belong to him!” Dalinar said. “I worked hard for those kills, Kalanor. The Almighty can’t have them; he can merely credit them to me when weighing my soul!”

“Then let them weigh you down to Damnation itself.”

L: I gotta credit Kalanor here for an absolutely A+ retort. Classy AF. Not quite mic-drop worthy, but a zinger for sure.

R: I was going to make a snappy quip about the physical impossibility of stuff weighing you down to another planet in the solar system, but then I remembered that Our Heroes have access to the Gravitation Surge and could totally do that and now my joke doesn’t work. I have a sad.

“Mercy,” he whispered.

“This is a mercy,” Dalinar said, and struck him straight through the face with his Shardblade.

L: Dude. DUDE. Dalinar. Not cool.

R: Future!Kaladin, when finally having this story read to him as Our Heroes are enjoying a fine bottle of violet wine, will mutter, “Storms, you pulled a Moash?!” And Dalinar will clock him a solid one across the jaw and declare that it is still Too Soon. And it will be.

L: At least Kalanor’s little infant son wasn’t right there. (Although… Dalinar does get around to killing someone in front of his son eventually.)

Shouldn’t the strongest rule? Why should he sit back so often, listening to men chat instead of war?

There. There was the man who held what he wanted. A throne… a throne and more. The woman Dalinar should have been able to claim. A love he’d been forced to abandon, for what reason?

L: And here it is, the final step he’d need to take to become a true tyrant. He had every reason to take it, by his own logic. But he drew back from that one, final (so very final) act. What happened to Evi was horrible, but at least it wasn’t on purpose.

R: So…. sometimes it’s important not to take The Next Step? Or is the idea to never walk toward mindless barbarity?

L: I think it depends on which path that step would carry you down. There are endless paths stretching before us, and The Next Step should carry you down one leading in an upwards direction—not down towards Damnation.

Squires & Sidekicks

“Orders, sir?” asked Rien.

“Stay out of my way,” Dalinar said, lowering his faceplate.

L: Again, we see the stark difference between how Kaladin (and Adolin) lead, and how Dalinar did. Did he actually give a damn about any of his elites? I wonder. It’s obvious that Dalinar thinks he can handle this himself, but did he ever spare a thought as to doing it himself in order to spare the lives of his men (as Kaladin certainly would have)? I doubt it. He may respect them for their fighting prowess, but respect doesn’t always equal care. I think that he only cares about them in so much as they can get him what he wants.

R: He certainly seemed to at one point. But, as he gave in more and more to the Thrill, his essential humanity seeped away.

Dalinar grinned in satisfaction, then grew chill. A few of those bodies with burned eyes—three men he could spot—wore blue. His own men, bearing the armband of the elites.

L: Yeah. Great job, Dalinar.

R: In his defense, he does feel bad about it. Though he also refuses to acknowledge responsibility for their deaths, claiming simply that they “fell” in battle.

L:

“If they want to,” Malata said. “Things don’t have to be the way they were. Why should they? It didn’t work out so well the last time for the Radiants, did it?”

L: Remember how I said I don’t trust her? STILL DON’T, despite the fact that she’s probably got a pretty good point here. I’m almost certain that things aren’t going to play out the way they have for any of the previous Desolations. Something’s gonna shake up, because if it doesn’t, we’re still stuck in this loop of Desolations and that just ain’t good story-telling.

R: I can’t help wondering if what’s going to end up changing is a fundamental rebalancing of allegiances, with some Honor/Cultivation Surges defecting to Odium, and some Voidish Surges defecting back.

Places & Peoples

“While [Evi] spoke of Jezrien and Kelek, she said their names strangely; Yaysi and Kellai. And she made no mention of the Almighty—instead she spoke of something she called the One, a heretical tradition the ardents told him came from Iri.”

 * * *

“If you must fight, do it knowing that each death wounds the One. For we are all people in Yaysi’s sight.”

L: These two quotes are really fascinating to me. It makes total sense that different cultures would have different names for the Heralds—we see that often enough in religions in our world, after all. It’s the part about the One that I’d specifically like to pick out, which is why this discussion is down here in Peoples and Places rather than Stories and Songs.

So, the concept of One lifeforce of which we are all a part isn’t strange to consider to anyone who’s a fan of fantasy. Final Fantasy 7 and Fullmetal Alchemist are the two that immediately sprang to my mind, and I’m certain there are a ton more.

R: Right here, we should really go re-read Ym’s interlude in Words of Radiance, I-2. Ym tells his street urchin “customer” a lot about the One.

L: Oh jeez. I had forgotten all about Ym. ::starts sobbing all over again:: Let’s revisit that, shall we?

“Long ago, there was only One. One knew everything, but had experienced nothing. And so, One became many—us, people. The One, who is both male and female, did so to experience all things. … Iriali need no preaching, only experience. As each experience is different, it brings completeness. Eventually, all will be gathered back in—when the Seventh Land is attained—and we will once again become One.”

L: Do you think this might have broader Cosmere connotations?

R: Honestly? It’s entirely possible that this right here is that Ym’s story miiiight just be a Reader’s Digest condensed version of the entire Adonalsium storyline. Long ago, all was One, but the One had to split itself into many in order to gain experience. In order to maybe comprehend itself? Give Ym’s interlude a read with an eye to the Shattering, and the potential reason behind it, and see what you think after.

Tight Butts and Coconuts

Idly, he wondered that it would take to actually earn the ardents’ displeasure.

L: Oh, you’ll figure that out before long, Young!Dalinar, never you worry.

R: Heresy’s always an excellent place to start…

“Highprince,” Dalinar finally said.

“Highprince,” Amaram said back, tipping his head.

“Bastard,” Adolin said.

L: Once again Adolin proves that he is indeed a blessing.

Weighty Words

Was there a way she could learn to leave her illusions behind her? They’d need Stormlight to keep going…

L: I’m reminded here of Mary Robinette Kowal’s Glamourist series, and how they learned to weave folds of glamour into glass in order to move them about. Maybe Shallan can just tie her illusions to spheres, like little batteries, and hence they’ll be self-sustainable and whoever’s got it can move it around…

R: Did that happen already? It sounds familiar. Perhaps one of our intrepid Rereaders will clue us in.

“Well,” Shallan whispered, “she’s annoying.”

“Mmm…” Pattern said. “It will be worse when she starts destroying things.”

“Destroying?”

“Dustbringer,” Pattern said. “Her spren… mmm… they like to break what is around them. They want to know what is inside.”

L: Like… like people? Physically? Emotionally? Did they used to go around dissecting people to figure out how they ticked, or doing psychological experiments on them to try to determine how their minds worked? (Maybe I’ve just been reading too much Stephen King again.)

R: Or Kingkiller (where there’s a story of Gibea, one of the Amyr, who performed horrific medical experiments on living subjects and advanced medicine by hundreds of years for the greater good.)

L: Oh jeez, I just had a thought. If Malata winds up being instrumental in discovering how to power Urithiru because she and her spren break stuff to figure out how it works I’ll be really mad. I don’t want to like her…

A Scrupulous Study of Spren

Ryshadium? Yes… he could see the spren trailing after them in the air. Musicspren, for some reason.

L: Very interesting. If there’s something to the theory that the Ryshadium were native to Roshar, might this have some link to the Listeners and their Rhythms? Sanderson’s been awfully dodgy in his answers at signings about these. He’s said that they’re invested, and that they evolved symbiotically with spren, which… doesn’t tell us much.

R: I agree. I feel like the Ryshadium are probably tapped into the rhythms somehow. But only the good ones, because they’re magic horsies, and magic horsies shouldn’t listen to death metal.

L: As someone who really likes death metal, I would love a magic horsie who listens to it.

Passionspren—like tiny crystalline flakes—dropped around him.

L: I just realized that no one on Roshar probably has any idea what snow looks like, because that’s exactly what I imagine here.

R: Wouldn’t the Thaylens?

L: You’re the keeper of the Rosharan weather patterns, you tell us! I got the impression that the only weather on the planet was the highstorm/weeping cycle.

R: I’m not sure how it falls, but the Horneaters are very well acquainted with snow. They build snow forts as children (or childs, as Rock says). I’d imagine that a lot of the actual precipitation in the Frostlands during the Weeping might fall as snow.

L: Ah, so up in the higher elevations. That would make sense.

Awfully Abominable Artwork

She finished her sketch, then tipped it toward Pattern, holding the sketchbook with her sleeved safehand. He rippled up from his post to inspect her drawing: the slot obstructed by a mashed-up figure with bulging, inhuman eyes.

L: Yep. That’s what it is, all right.

R: I feel like Brandon missed a chance at working another Lovecraftian adjective in here. We’re still working up to eldritch, but I wouldn’t have minded something a bit milder.

Quality Quotations

He was not a man. He was judgment.

 * * *

Shallan wasn’t certain what she thought of the idea of a “true soldier” being the type who didn’t care about politics. Shouldn’t the why of what a man was doing be important to him?

Well, that about sums it up for this week! As always, please join us for more discussion in the comments, and tune back in to the same Blackthorn-time and the same Blackthorn-channel next week, when Alice returns and we discuss Chapter Twenty-Eight!

Ross is off to spin out looney theories all by himself now, as Alice Arneson will be returning next week! If you absolutely must have more of his typey-typey, check out his writing blog.

Lyndsey is looking forward to eventually seeing Hereditary, once she can find someone to keep an eye on her toddler. If you’re an aspiring author, a cosplayer, or just like geeky content, follow her work on Facebook or her website.

Cosmere Cuisine: Meals Inspired by Sanderson’s Mistborn Series

$
0
0

Welcome Sanderson Fans, Cosmerenauts, and foodies to Tor.com’s newest adventures through the Cosmere! Here we ask the important questions about what the people on the worlds of Brandon Sanderson eat along with their ingested metals and investiture, starting with Scadrial during the Final Empire.

Have you ever asked what foods would best fuel an allomancer’s investiture? What foods would help a street kid like Vin obtain trace metals to generate her “luck”? What flavors would the nobles enjoy to compliment the tastes of their metals? In the same way people enjoy pairing meals and wines, how does one pair metals and meals?

Join Deana Whitney, a Sanderson Beta-reader and foodie, along with Michael Gunther, a cook skilled in many modern and historical food preparation methods, as they explore the different cuisines in the Cosmere food chain.

“Ash fell from the sky.”

It is a compelling first line. Soon we know that ashfall is like rain on Scadrial—simply part of the weather patterns. Then we learn that some people are able to eat metal to fuel magic—metal that would poison a regular human. This led to wondering how these two elements—weather/environment and Allomantic abilities—affect what people eat.

Before the Lord Ruler seized power, Scadrial was much like Earth, with the kinds of plants and spices we know in our world. During the Ascension, this all changed as Rashek first moved the planet about, then had to fix his mistakes. Given the atmospheric and biological changes, many green vegetables probably turned white or yellow during this time, yet we will say their flavors remained similar to Earth’s green versions.

In the Final Empire, plants mainly occur in shades of brown, red, yellow, and orange. The concept of green plants or delicate flowers is foreign to Vin. When thinking about the food of Scadrial, we run into the immediate problem that fruit comes from flowering plants. How do they have grapes, apples, and peaches, but no flowers? The answer, according to Team Dragonsteel, is that the Lord Ruler created plants with non-showy alternatives. Accepting that the fruit ripening cycle happens on Scadrial, we speculate that some fruits and vegetables survived their transformation to the ash world better than others. Root vegetables and foods with thicker skins are going to thrive in this environment. They would be easier to grow, and more likely to survive the ashfall without spoiling during the shipping process.

The Lord Ruler’s Scadrial is a world of hardship and scarcity, where food does not go to waste. Such cultures tend to develop dishes that use the whole animal. What parts the nobles do not want would go to the central kitchens to create meals and soup stocks for the skaa population. The cooks have trained the population to enjoy meals like blood sausage, liverwurst, tripe, and haggis. (Yes, we said haggis.)

In developing these Scadrial menus, we pulled from history and from the clues we’re given in the books themselves. We tried to remain true to the world as it’s presented and described. Rather than offering many examples of specific meals or individual dishes, Sanderson uses mainly general food terms when he touches on the subject of eating: fruits, grains, and vegetables. Thus, we are not given a large base of foods we can use with 100% certainty. The existence of the Lord Ruler’s canneries indicates that preserved foods are going to dominate the cultural cuisine—even the foods being prepared in a nobleman’s kitchen. The mineral-rich waters of Luthadel, along with smoking, salt curing, and pickling, all work together to create a food profile different than our modern taste for all things fresh, one characterized by a tangy metallic flavor. For those with Allomantic abilities, the consumption of metals might enhance the sharp bite of a pickled vegetable or cured sausage. Mistings and Mistborn could enjoy their tin or bronze sprinkled over a dish of pork sausage, sauerkraut, and juniper berries.

For these menus, we focused on dishes described during the series. We tied the menus together using barley, the only grain mentioned by name in the books. Barley provides both nutrition and a feeling of fullness when eaten. Barley is a blank slate that can be flavored in a multitude of ways; this makes it the perfect vehicle for skaa and noble disbhes alike. Along with the other flavors, it would also absorb the trace metals from the cooking water, to help fill allomantic reservoirs.

 

Dining with the Skaa
Stews

Stews are mentioned multiple times in the series, and according to the books make up the majority of the skaa diet. Skaa from the farms have a hard life, but an easier time procuring a higher variety of crops for their stews. The city skaa make do with what the central kitchens provide, or—if they are of the artisan skaa class—might have their own kitchens. The rebel skaa army, while hiding in their caves, probably found a cavern or four suitable to growing mushrooms in order to help supplement their food supplies.

The skaa of the Final Empire would have access to different food, based on the location and environment of their Dominance. As Earthlings, by comparison, we have access to a much wider selection of produce and ingredients all year round. You can use any vegetables or whatever stock you enjoy while creating a version to match your choice of Dominance. For our version, we included a wide mix of textures and flavors.


Skaa Vegetable Barley Stew

Not just vegetarian, but also vegan, satisfying, and filled with umami. The aroma while the dish simmers will remind you of autumn comforts. This stew gives a warm, full-belly feeling on a cold night. The corn provides a sweet, crunchy contrast to the soft chew of the barley. Mushrooms absorb flavor and provide a meaty, chewy element. Tomatoes lend a hint of acid. The carrots and celery are tender, adding more texture and body to the stew.

Drink Pairing: A rich brown ale, like Newcastle Brown Ale

Ingredients

  • 1 tablespoon olive oil
  • 2 large carrots, chopped
  • 3 cloves garlic, minced
  • 1 onion, chopped
  • 2 stalks celery, chopped
  • ½ cup cooked corn niblets
  • 1 (14.5 ounce) can diced tomatoes with juice
  • 2 quarts vegetable stock*
  • 2 portabella mushrooms, cut into ½″ dice
  • 3 bay leaves
  • 1 cup uncooked barley (we used pearl barley)
  • 1 teaspoon salt
  • 1/2 teaspoon ground black pepper
  • ¼ teaspoon cumin

Directions

  1. Pour the olive oil into a heated large pot (8-quart). Add the onion, carrots, celery, and garlic. Cook until vegetables have softened, about 5 minutes.
  2. Pour your stock* into the pot. (*Stocks can be pre-made or made from scratch.)
  3. Add the rest of the ingredients and bring to a boil, cover and simmer over medium-low heat for 45 minutes, stirring frequently to prevent barley from scorching.
  4. If soup becomes too thick, add water or more stock. You may also adjust the amount of barley to your liking. After 35 minutes, start checking barley for tenderness. It may take longer, depending on your heat, so cook until the texture is correct. (The barley’s texture should be like rice, tender with a chewy mouthfeel. If it is mush, it’s been cooked too long.)
  5. Season with salt and pepper to taste.

Skaa Vegetable Stock

If you wish to go the extra skaa mile and create your own vegetable stock, we recommend this recipe.

Ingredients

  • 1 onion, chopped
  • 1 carrot, chopped
  • 2 stalks celery, chopped
  • 1 leek, including the rough green part, cleaned and chopped
  • 1 potato, chopped into large chunks
  • 1/3 cup mushrooms, chopped in half
  • 3 cloves whole garlic
  • 3 bay leaves
  • 6 sprigs of parsley with stems
  • 1 sprig of fresh thyme with stem
  • 1 tablespoon soy sauce
  • 8 cups of water
  • ¼ cup whole peppercorns
  • 1 tablespoon kosher salt

Directions

  1. Leave the skins on the onions and potatoes and leave the carrots unpeeled—just wash them, then chop them into large chunks.
  2. Place all ingredients into a large (8 to 12 quart) pot and bring to a boil. Reduce heat and simmer for at least an hour.
  3. Strain out the liquid. Use this as a base for soups, gravies, and more. This makes a rather dark and cloudy stock with a strong deep flavor. If you desire a lighter stock then leave out the potato and soy sauce.

 

Baywraps

Kelsier’s crew eat baywraps, often from Clubs’ kitchen. These are described as a barley and vegetable wrap, which sounds a bit like several different styles of food wraps in our own world. Since Vin takes an extra one to eat the wrap bread later, sans filling, this was a clue that the wrapping has substance on its own. Every culture develops some form of flatbread, and Michael and I decide the tortilla was the best analog, here: Tortillas have the right mix of sturdy to flexible called for with the baywraps.

At one point, Kelsier complains that Clubs’ cooks were not very imaginative with their filling ingredients. He has a valid point. While the basic description does sound boring, so does a taco, in theory. Yet there are hundreds of different taco fillings. The skaa of each region might have developed special local versions of baywraps, with one area only using beets and sweet potatoes, another using chickpeas and squash—or there may even be sweet versions of the wraps. The possible filling combinations multiply quickly. We challenge you to develop your own versions—yours could even include meat, perhaps as a treat for a special occasion. The wonderful thing about a baywap is that it can become whatever you want! Use the barley pilaf recipe below as the foundation for savory baywraps.

Drink Pairing:

Vegetable baywraps—German Amber lager or brown porter.

Sweet baywraps—Ale made from same fruit as your filling.


Savory Barley Pilaf

Ingredients

  • 1 tablespoon of oil
  • 1 small onion, finely chopped
  • 3 cloves of garlic, finely chopped
  • 1 cup pearl barley
  • 2 cups stock
  • 1 teaspoon salt

Directions

  1. In a heavy saucepan place oil, onion, and garlic. Using a medium heat, cook until softened.
  2. Add the dry barley and cook, stirring, until the barley gets slightly toasted.
  3. Add the stock and salt to the pan, and bring stock to a boil.
  4. Turn down heat to a simmer, cover and let simmer for 45 minutes. Check several times to avoid sticking.
  5. If there is extra water or stock left over, strain the barley, and set it aside.

Savory Baywrap

To create a savory baywrap, take a tortilla, warm one side in a pan with butter. Then add a spoonful of the savory barley pilaf, add vegetable filling of your personal choice, wrap it up and enjoy!

If you wish, you can add the vegetables to your stock while the barley simmers, or cook separately to create different types of baywraps using the same pilaf.


Sweet Baywrap

For a sweet application, think of a Scottish Barley pudding. Cook some apples and pears in a different pan with butter and spices, then add them to the wrap after the barley pudding is ready. Warm one side of the tortilla in a pan with butter and sugar before filling the wrap.

Pictured fillings: The lower is carrot, potato, roasted acorn squash, garlic, and onion sautéed in olive oil. Upper filling is apples, pears, and raisins cooked in butter, sugar, and cinnamon.

 


Dining with the Nobles
Drumsticks, Butter Vegetables, and Cakes

The nobles of Scadrial obviously have access to a wider variety of foods than the skaa. The first notable difference in a noble’s diet is consistent access to meat. It is unclear how often artisan-class skaa eat beef, pork, and chicken, or even the insides of an animal, like tripe. What is clear is that the nobles do enjoy meat regularly in a variety of ways. Lord Straff Venture enjoyed a beef steak, for example, while hosting Elend and Vin for dinner (even though he didn’t enjoy the rest of their visit).

The noble houses, due to the tradition of hosting opulent balls, have a tradition of serving food more in a buffet style, rather than presenting individually plated food. Sazed serves Lady Valette food from larger chafing dishes at the balls; while he arranges it artistically, buffet style is the default cuisine service style. Thus, if metals were to be served along with a dish, they would likely be served in shakers like salt and pepper. Mistings could simply choose the metal that matches their power.

Lord Cett, in particular, seemed to enjoy his food. He also used it as a weapon to make Elend feel uncomfortable by serving a drumstick dish with a rich sauce. (Just looking at the red gravy Michael created for this recipe made me worry for all white cloth at dinner!) The meal was a treat of falling-off-the-bone tender chicken. The tangy acids in the red wine were mellowed by the butter in the reduction sauce, creating a savory taste with just enough spice to awaken taste buds. The sauce was prone to drip and splatter if I was not very careful while eating the meat, while the savory barley both absorbed the rich sauce and provided a decorative platform to serve the meal upon.

Drink Pairing: The red wine used in the sauce. If Breeze is attending the dinner, buy three extra bottles.


Drumsticks in wine sauce

Ingredients

  • 8 bone-in chicken legs
  • 8 ounces bacon, sliced crosswise into 1/2-inch pieces
  • 10 large button mushrooms, quartered
  • 1/2 large yellow onion, medium diced
  • 2 garlic cloves, sliced
  • 2 teaspoons all-purpose flour
  • 2 teaspoons butter
  • 6 1/2 cups red wine (We used Coppola Red Blend, which includes Cabernet Sauvignon grapes)
  • 1 cup chicken broth
  • 6 sprigs fresh thyme

Directions

  1. Preheat oven to 375 degrees F.
  2. Remove the skin and season chicken legs all over with salt and black pepper.
  3. Use an oven-proof skillet or Dutch oven. Place bacon in the dish, cook it over medium-high heat, turning occasionally, until evenly browned, about 10 minutes. Transfer bacon with a slotted spoon to a paper-towel lined plate, leaving drippings in the skillet.
  4. Increase heat to high and place chicken into skillet. Cook until browned, 2 to 4 minutes per side. Transfer chicken to a plate; drain and discard all but 1 tablespoon of drippings from the skillet.
  5. Lower heat to medium; sauté mushrooms, onion, and garlic until golden and caramelized, 10 to 15 minutes.
  6. Add butter and let melt, stirring into mixture.
  7. Sprinkle flour over vegetables and stir until vegetables are coated and flour begins to brown.
  8. Pour red wine into the skillet and bring to a boil while scraping browned bits of food off of the bottom of the pan. Stir bacon and thyme into red wine mixture; simmer until wine is about 1/3 reduced, 3 to 5 minutes. Pour chicken broth into wine mixture and set chicken into skillet; bring to a simmer.
  9. Place pot into oven for 45 minutes. Uncover and check for doneness: Chicken should read around 165 F on an instant read thermometer and be easily pierced with a fork with no red juices coming out.
  10. Once done, remove chicken to a serving platter.
  11. Place cooking pan on stove and turn flame on high. Reduce pan juices until sauce thickens slightly, about 5 minutes. Season with salt and pepper; remove and discard thyme. Pour sauce over chicken.
  12. Note: if you want the sauce to be thicker, mix 1 tablespoon of corn starch into 2 tablespoons of water. Stir into a paste. Add half of the paste to the sauce. Cook for a minute—if it is still too thin, add the rest of the paste and cook for another minute.
  13. Serve dish with savory barley pilaf topped with edible gold and silver.

Butter Vegetables

For the butter vegetables, Michael went out on a limb by including green peas and fennel greens. Lord Cett is from a different Dominance than Vin—green peas and fennel might be found there as a rarity. Nobles enjoy showing their wealth through their food choices: including something like a green vegetable would certainly do that on this world of few green plants. (On Earth, we could be exotic by using yellow peas, but we did not find any while prepping for this meal.)

The fennel in this dish brings out the tangy mineral notes enjoyed on Scadrial, while the peas, squash, and onions counter it with sweet notes, along with multiple textures. These vegetables can be served on their own, or over the barley pilaf along with the chicken.

Ingredients:

  • 1 full fennel bulb
  • ½ onion, medium dice
  • 3 garlic cloves, sliced
  • ¼ lb butter (1 stick)
  • 2 teaspoons olive oil
  • 1 cup vegetable stock
  • ½ cup white wine
  • A few sprigs of thyme
  • 1 acorn or butternut squash, cubed or scooped, cooked*
  • 3 cups frozen green peas, defrosted
  • Salt and pepper to taste
  • 1 teaspoon butter as garnish

*Cook the acorn or butternut squash before cooking the rest of the dish.

Directions

  1. Cut squash in half lengthwise.
  2. Oven Baked Squash: Preheat oven to 400 degrees F. Place squash halves on a large baking sheet flesh side up. Place 1 teaspoon butter in the middle of each squash and roast 50 minutes or until tender.
    Microwave Baked Squash: Rub squash with butter or oil and cover with cling film. Cut a slit in the film to let steam escape. Cook for about 15 minutes for butternut and 10 minutes for acorn.

Cooking the main dish:

  1. To trim the fennel, cut the top stalks from the bulb and reserve several of the fronds for garnish. With a vegetable peeler, peel off the top layer of tough skin from the bulb. Once trimmed, place bulb flat on a cutting board and slice down into thin slices. Take slices flat on the board and cut into thin sticks.
  2. In a heavy saucepan, heat oil until shimmering. Add fennel, onion, garlic, and butter. Cook until vegetables soften, about 5 minutes.
  3. Add vegetable stock, wine, and thyme sprigs. Bring to a boil and then simmer about 15 minutes.
  4. Add peas and cook until they are cooked through and tender.
  5. Add cooked squash and simmer for another minute until heated through.
  6. Season with salt and pepper.
  7. Remove vegetables from the cooking broth and transfer to a serving plate. Pour a little of the liquid over them, and top with a teaspoon of butter and a sprinkle of the fennel fronds.

Small Cakes

A sweet treat is the proper way to end a noble’s meal. But not a chocolate treat—we have to wait until Era 2 for chocolate. The Ministry served small cakes in their waiting room. Kelsier enjoyed multiple small red iced cakes while he observed Vin and Camon. He even stacked four of them in his hand at once.

The definition of a cake is flexible, and has changed over time, depending on history and location (much like a “biscuit” currently means a sweet cookie in the U.K. but refers to a bread item the U.S.A.). Inspired by the Renaissance, we thought a fluffy cookie could serve as a cake analog. This recipe is based upon iced Italian cookies—these are a cross between shortbread and sugar cookies. The interiors are fluffy, with a satisfying crunch to the exterior. These will seem not very sweet to modern palates, and have the light taste of vanilla. The metal looks wonderful shining against the gloss of the icing.

Drink Pairing: Moscato wine

Ingredients (Icing)

  • 1 ¾ cups powdered sugar (½ of a 1-pound box)
  • 2 – 4 tablespoons milk
  • 1 tablespoon vanilla or extract of choice

Directions

  1. Whisk powdered sugar, extract, and food coloring together.
  2. Add milk slowly, one tablespoon at a time, to form a soft, smooth icing. Whisk to incorporate the milk. Look for the flow of warm syrup. Set aside in a bowl.

Ingredients (Cookie)

  • 1/2 lb butter, softened (2 sticks)
  • 2 large eggs, beaten
  • 1 cup sugar
  • 4 cups flour
  • 2 tablespoons baking powder
  • 1 1/2 tablespoon vanilla, more if desired
  • Food coloring of choice—for red colors use powdered food coloring.
  • Recipe will make 30 to 40 cookies.

Directions

  1. Cream room temperature butter and sugar together, until soft and well blended.
  2. Add eggs and vanilla, mixing well.
  3. Combine flour and baking powder in a separate bowl, and then blend into the butter mixture, one cup at a time. Dough will form large clump.
  4. Break off small, prune-sized pieces of dough and roll into disks about 1/2” thick.
  5. Bake in a preheated oven at 350 degrees F until lightly browned, about 18-22 minutes.
  6. Cool on wire racks for two minutes.
  7. While cookies are still warm, dip the top into the premade icing, as desired. Icing should flow around the cookie, but not drip off in excess.
  8. Place on wire rack, with wax paper underneath to catch any icing drips. Re-dip in the icing for a thicker coverage.
  9. Let finish cooling. Decorate with metal flakes as desired.

 


We hope you enjoyed this food journey into Cosmere cuisine. Which foods do you want to try from our menus? Are you more excited by the skaa or the noble menu? Share your thoughts with us in the comments…

Photos: Taken by Deana Whitney, 2018.

Deana Whitney is a Sanderson beta reader, a historian, and loves to make book-inspired cakes for her birthdays. She is known around Tor as Braid_Tug and was overjoyed when this article allowed her love of food and the Cosmere to combine.

Michael Gunther is a historical cook and researcher who has written several papers on historical dining and been the featured speaker at historical culinary symposiums. He has served historical dinners to parties ranging from 30 to 400.

Audiobook Month Prize Pack Sweepstakes!

$
0
0

June is audiobook month, and to celebrate, we’ve got a prize pack that’ll keep you listening for hours and hours!

One lucky reader listener will receive a copy of each of the following on CD from Macmillan Audio:

  • Dune by Frank Herbert, read by Scott Brick, Orlagh Cassidy, Euan Morton, Simon Vance and cast!
  • Death Doesn’t Bargain by Sherrilyn Kenyon, read by Holter Graham!
  • Oathbringer by Brandon Sanderson, read by Kate Reading and Michael Kramer!
  • and The Eye of the World by Robert Jordan, read by Kate Reading and Michael Kramer!

(The Eye of the World is in a nifty, very vintage-looking giant package. Just sayin’. You probably want this.)

Comment in the post to enter!

NO PURCHASE NECESSARY TO ENTER OR WIN. A purchase does not improve your chances of winning. Sweepstakes open to legal residents of 50 United States and D.C., and Canada (excluding Quebec). To enter, comment on this post beginning at 3:30 PM Eastern Time (ET) on June 26th. Sweepstakes ends at 12:00 PM ET on June 30th. Void outside the United States and Canada and where prohibited by law. Please see full details and official rules here. Sponsor: Tor.com, 175 Fifth Ave., New York, NY 10010.

Oathbringer Reread: Chapter Twenty-Eight

$
0
0

Lyn: Welcome back, intrepid re-readers, and an extra special welcome back to Alice! It was fun trading puns with Ross while you were gone, but no one’s better than you at reminding me of all the things I’ve forgotten about these books! (Let’s face it, I get way too caught up in character motivations to spend much time on Cosmere theorycrafting…)

Alice: I’m ba-ack! Thanks to you and Ross for doing a fantastic job while I was gone! But it’s also good to be back, and the end of this chapter was one of my fist-pump moments, so it’s a good time to be back. Dalinar has multiple frustrations, a couple of difficult conversations, and one shining light-bulb moment.

Reminder: we’ll potentially be discussing spoilers for the ENTIRE NOVEL in each reread. There are speculations regarding Adonalsium in the Cosmere Connections section this week; if you haven’t read anything outside The Stormlight Archive, you might either be confused or find it to be spoilerish, so feel free to skip that section. But if you haven’t read ALL of Oathbringer, best to wait to join us until you’re done, because we do talk about some further events a little.

Chapter Recap

WHO: Dalinar
WHERE: Urithiru
WHEN: 1174.1.4.5 (Two days after Chapters 24, 25, and 27)

Dalinar receives answers from the Azish and from Queen Fen in Thaylenah, both of which can be summed up as “no, you may not march an army through our Oathgates, now kindly bugger off.” He’s summoned away to where Bridge 4 has made an interesting discovery—Oathbringer (the sword, not the book) has been discovered. Dalinar gives the Shardblade to Ialai and has a brief but troubling conversation with Amaram, then heads back to his own rooms where he has a longer but no less troubling conversation with Taravangian about the morality of innocent casualties in war. The chapter ends with the Stormfather revealing that, while a Highstorm is sweeping over a distant land, he can pull people in that land into the visions that were left by Honor for Dalinar.

Threshold of the storm

Title: Another Option

“What he did was, nevertheless, another option.”

This was Dalinar’s evaluation of the landlord’s choice in Nohadon’s story: rather than the false binary of either killing all four men or letting them all go, the landlord chose to imprison them all. But talk about double meanings! Dalinar now has another option for meeting with monarchs and convincing them to join him.

Heralds

Nalan and Jezrien: Judge and King, Skybreakers and Windrunners, Herald of Justice and Herald of Kings, Just & Confident and Protecting & Leading.

A: I rather think that both of them are here for the Nohadon story, in which a king considers matters of justice.

Icon: The Kholin Shield designates Dalinar’s POV for the chapter.

Epigraph

Finally, I will confess my humanity. I have been named a monster, and do not deny those claims. I am the monster that I fear we all can become.
–From Oathbringer, preface

A: Aside from fitting in with the sequence of “things Dalinar must confess,” this statement fits frighteningly well into the context of this chapter—especially so, the more we know about Dalinar’s past. As Lyn mentioned above, both Azir and Thaylenah are (ahem!) reluctant to let Dalinar bring an army into their capital cities. He has indeed been named a monster, rightly so in some cases, and the whole world knows his reputation. Also valid, however, Dalinar makes the point that humans all too readily do behave like monsters.

Stories & Songs

He was a good man, the Stormfather said.

“Nohadon?” Dalinar said.

Yes.

L: I wonder if Nohadon was a Bondsmith, and had bonded the Stormfather previously. Was it ever said whether or not Way of Kings was written before or after the Recreance?

A: It’s not stated in so many words, but there’s a pretty strong indication that Nohadon was around before the Knights Radiant were founded. In the vision where Dalinar first meets him (TWoK Chapter 60), he talks about Surgebinders quite a bit, and wonders how to constrain their behavior—but he noticeably does not mention Knights Radiant. In retrospect, I think it’s quite possible that not only was Nohadon a Bondsmith, he may have been the first Bondsmith. It may have been in the aftermath of that Desolation that Ishar set up the Ideals and made the agreements with the spren that resulted in the Radiant orders. This does raise questions about the presence of Urithiru, however… Who built it, and when, in order for Nohadon to make his pilgrimage to “the holy city”?

(Also, I’d like to take this moment to point out that I WAS RIGHT. Back during the TWoK discussions, I kept claiming that Surgebinders and Knights Radiant, historically, might not have been exactly the same thing. People got mad at me for that. But I was right. Just sayin’.)

Places & Peoples

A: The chapter opens with the final responses—well, they intended them to be final!—from Azir and Thaylenah regarding Dalinar’s request for them to open their Oathgates and become allies. The Azish are much more round-about than Queen Fen, but she summed them both up pretty well:

“No.”

Well, okay then! They both have much the same rationale, and it’s valid based on what they know so far. “The Alethi warmongers, led by Dalinar Blackthorn Kholin, would like you to kindly allow their armies free access to the center of your ruling city, thankyouverymuch, and they promise not to do anything untoward. Really. They only want to be your friend.” Can’t say as I blame them for being reluctant!

L: Neither can I, especially after all of these flashbacks we’ve been getting of Dalinar’s past. I wouldn’t trust him as far as I could throw him if were them, either.

On a completely different note:

It was three feet wide, and about one foot tall. It seemed endless, and he could feel a faint breeze coming out of it.

A: So Dalinar climbs up on a chair he stuck to the wall (!!) to peer into the hole in the wall in his chambers. Aside from mink and rats, there is air circulating. I was bummed not to be able to comment on this (very limited internet connectivity!) when Ross and Lyn talked about this a couple of weeks ago, but I’m pretty well convinced that these really, truly are ventilation shafts. Sure, we can think of a hundred or so nefarious purposes for them, but this place is enormous. These lower levels are probably at least half a mile in diameter, and without some kind of forced air movement, the inner regions would be uninhabitable.

That’s my two cents, anyway.

L: It almost seems too simple to be the only explanation. Whenever I come across a “too-simple” explanation in one of Sanderson’s books I start giving it the side-eye. I’ve been fooled by him too many times.

A: I know, it does seem like it’s too simple for Sanderson. At the same time, you’ve got to move air around that place, or anyone in the inner rooms will suffocate on carbon dioxide. So I do think it’s possible that he’s subverting his own trope and making it something really simple… but I’ll admit it’s not probable. (I suppose, inevitably, we’ll find out that it’s both ventilation AND something we never even imagined.)

Tight Butts and Coconuts

Your garnet-lit tongue and pleasant words make it seem like you really assume this will work.

A: Aside from making me giggle, I thought it was worth noting that garnet is associated with Lightweavers. Is this phrase a carry-over from the times of the Knights Radiant, and the ability of Lightweavers to influence people to do things that were, perhaps, not in their own best interests? I’m thinking of that epigraph in Words of Radiance, Chapter 47:

Yet, were the orders not disheartened by so great a defeat, for the Lightweavers provided spiritual sustenance; they were enticed by those glorious creations to venture on a second assault.

L: I think you’re definitely right on this one.

Mature Motivations

L: Heeeeeere we go. Hope you’re all ready for some deep philosophizing on the nature of war, because Sanderson sure laid all the cards on the table in this chapter.

“I stand by what I was forced to do, Brightlord,” Amaram said, stepping forward. “The arrival of the Voidbringers only proves that I was in the right. We need practiced Shardbearers. The stories of darkeyes gaining Blades are charming, but do you really think we have time for nursery tales now, instead of practical reality?”

“You murdered defenseless men,” Dalinar said through gritted teeth. “Men who had saved your life.”

Amaram stopped, lifting Oathbringer. “And what of the hundreds, even thousands, your wars killed?”

L: I hate Amaram. This is no secret. I wear that hatred openly and honestly on my sleeve. That’s why is makes me ill to have to say that I can see his side here, especially considering the rest of the conversation in this chapter (which we’ll get into below). Say one thing for Sanderson–he makes his villains have believable and even, dare I say, human motivations. No Dark Lord Saurons here… just regular men and women, making choices based on their (in this case, wrong) beliefs.

A: There is, however, a huge difference (IMO) between killing soldiers on the other side in battle, and killing your own men, in your own headquarters, because you’re going to take something that doesn’t belong to you and you don’t want to risk them outing you. Which is not to diminish the fact that a lot of innocent civilians die during wars—and especially in some of the in-city battles Dalinar led—but Amaram’s actions were premeditated murder.

L: Yes. This, for certain. But the fact that HE can justify his actions to himself at least makes him a three-dimensional hate-able villain and not a two-dimensional one.

A: Agreed. It’s the old principle of “everyone is the hero of his own story” and it rings very true to human nature. Sometimes it’s a bit frustrating of Sanderson to write such human villains; I can usually see their point (even if I don’t agree), and that makes it both easier and harder to hate them.

“Morality is not a thing you can simply doff to put on the helm of battle, then put it back on when you’re done with the slaughter.”

L: AMARAM. Stop making good points and JUST LET ME HATE YOU for f***ing over Kaladin.

A: Hey, if you have no morality to doff, you can just be an evil git all the time. Right, Amaram?

“Is it not our duty, as kings, to ask questions that make the minds and souls of other men cringe?”

L: As our friendly neighborhood Spider-Man is wont to say, “With great power comes great responsibility.” And sometimes that responsibility means making hard choices.

“Three of those men were violent threats, guilty of premeditated murder. One was innocent. What do you do?”

“Hang all four,” Taravangian whispered. “One innocent dead, but three murderers stopped. Is it not the best good that can be done, and the best way to protect your people?”

“If you can’t prove who is guilty–if you can’t be sure–I think you should let them go.”

“You say that,” Taravangian said. “Many men do. But our laws will claim innocent men–for all judges are flawed, as is our knowledge. Eventually, you will execute someone who does not deserve it. This is the burden society must carry in exchange for order. … it’s not a matter of morality, is it? It’s a matter of thresholds. How many guilty may be punished before you’d accept one innocent casualty? A thousand? Ten thousand? A hundred? When you consider, all calculations are meaningless except one. Has more good been done than evil?”

L: This… this is a really heavy conversation, and one which has been echoed time and again both in the book itself and in this reread. It’s nice to think that another choice can always be found. It’s nice to think that there’s always a remedy, somewhere, that will please everyone and satisfy justice. But in real life, such choices are rarely easy or even possible. Sometimes I want to sink into a book, into an alternate reality, and know without a doubt who is evil and who is not. But I usually prefer books like this, books that hold a mirror up to our own reality and, as Wit says, “give us questions to think upon.”

A: It is a heavy conversation. One thing I found very interesting was Taravangian’s pejorative evaluation of both the landlord’s and Nohadon’s responses: “He refused to commit.” Is this Taravangian justifying his own deeds, insisting that you have to commit to the binary choice presented? We know that he’s caught in a bit of an artificial binary himself—he cannot be both highly intelligent and greatly compassionate at the same time. Perhaps he finds himself wishing that he could commit to one or the other, instead of the awkward situation where every day, whether he’s intelligent or compassionate, he has to regret the decisions made when he was the other way.

Cosmere Connections

“I have felt warmth,” Dalinar said, “coming from a place beyond. A light I can almost see. If there is a God, it was not the Almighty, the one who called himself Honor. He was a creature. Powerful, but still merely a creature.”

L: Alice, we talked a little about this concept while you were away, but maybe you’d like to give your two cents here? Do you think this is the God behind the entirety of the Cosmere, or what?

A: Well… this is just me spitballing, you understand, right? Because we don’t have solid proof of what’s going on with that warmth and light gig. That said, I currently believe this to be “the God Beyond,” and a glimpse into the Spiritual Realm.

I also think this ties into the Iriali belief in “the One” who is experiencing the universe as Many. If you’ll permit me a little loony-theory moment, I suspect that “the Shattering of Adonalsium” may not have been what that crew thought it was when they did it. I have sneaking suspicions that Adonalsium, or the God whose physical aspect formed what they knew as Adonalsium, set the whole thing up and let them “shatter” a being far beyond their comprehension. That being still holds firm in the Spiritual realm, and is the true God beyond all that they can see or comprehend. /End loony theory

A Scrupulous Study of Spren

He seized the sword, bracing himself for the screams. The cries of a dead spren. They weren’t the shrill, painful shrieks he’d heard when touching other Blades, but more of a whimper. The sound of a man backed into a corner, thoroughly beaten and facing something terrible, but too tired to keep screaming.

“This one doesn’t scream as loudly as others. Why?”

It remembers your oath, the Stormfather sent. It remembers the day you won it, and better the day you gave it up. It hates you—but less than it hates others.

“Could it be rescued?” Dalinar whispered as they entered the tower and climbed a stairway. “Could we save the spren who made this Blade?”

I know of no way, the Stormfather said. It is dead, as is the man who broke his oath to kill it.

A: I’ll admit that I was surprised by this conversation. I’ve been hard over on the revival of Adolin’s Blade ever since half-way through the beta on Words of Radiance, (so, coming up on five years now!) but it caught me off-guard that the first actual mention of such a concept in-book was about Oathbringer. It’s fascinating that the Stormfather specifically mentions Dalinar’s oath, remembered by a Blade named Oathbringer. I really wonder if this is just a plot bunny, or if it’s going somewhere?

L: “I’ve got a theory… It could be bunnies.” And now that I’ve got that stuck in your head, I’ll say that I think this is simply setup for Adolin’s awakening of his own Blade. Sanderson’s laying the seeds for the eventual reveal that, yes… this can happen. I don’t think there’s any more to it in this case than that.

“I should like to rewatch the vision where I met Nohadon,” Dalinar said. “Though let me go fetch Navani before you begin. I want her to record what I say.”
Would you rather I show the vision to her as well? the Stormfather asked. She could record it herself that way. Dalinar froze. “You can show the visions to others?”

A: This is one of my favorite mind-blown-moments in the book, especially coming in Part 1, where I (foolishly—this is Sanderson!) don’t really expect to find such shocks. The storming Stormfather can storming show the visions to anyone he wants? As long as they’re either with Dalinar, or in the middle of a highstorm? I practically howled with glee over the concept.

Quality Quotations

Sometimes a hypocrite is nothing more than a person who is in the process of changing.

This is one of my favorite ever quotes from a Sanderson novel.

 

Well, that’s about enough out of us for this week. Your turn! Be sure to tune in next week for a pair of Shallan’s chapters (29 and 30), as her investigations lead to a series of astounding discoveries.

Alice is glad to be back home and rereading again. She would like to express her gratitude to Lyndsey and Ross for making it so easy to take off the time needed, without worrying about breaking up the reread. If you haven’t already seen it, be sure to check out Deana “Braid_Tug” Whitney’s first article on Cosmere Cuisine, and watch for more to come. One suspects that crustaceans and chickens might feature prominently in at least one episode. Just sayin’…

Lyndsey is too tired to come up with a new byline thing. If you’re an aspiring author, a cosplayer, or just like geeky content, follow her work on Facebook or her website.

Oathbringer Reread: Chapters Twenty-Nine and Thirty

$
0
0

Lyn: Welcome back, faithful rereaders, and if you’re joining us now for the first time, you chose one storming heck of a chapter to do it on! This is one of the most cinematic and coolest scenes in the book (save of course for the ends of Parts three and five), and Alice and I are excited to dive in and start theorizing!

Reminder: we’ll potentially be discussing spoilers for the ENTIRE NOVEL in each reread. This week’s post contains no Cosmere spoilers, so no worries there. But if you haven’t read ALL of Oathbringer, best to wait to join us until you’re done.

Chapter Recap

WHO: Shallan
WHERE: Urithiru marketplace, depths
WHEN: 1174.1.5.2 (Two days after Chapter 28, four days after Shallan’s last appearance in Chapter 27)

The chapters begin with Shallan, as Veil, waiting for a copy-cat murder in the marketplace. When it occurs, she chases a man dressed all in black into the depths of Urithiru, all the way to a dark hole. She sends Pattern off to fetch reinforcements (namely, Adolin) and he arrives shortly thereafter with all of Bridge 4 in tow. They make their way down into the hole where they discover the remnants of a library full of decayed books—and the copy-cat killer, an ancient spren named Re-Shephir, or the Midnight Mother. Bridge 4 and Adolin attack the monstrous spren, which takes the form of black, tar-like copies of people. When their attacks fail, Shallan summons an army of illusions and drives the Midnight Mother back. She approaches the creature and places her hand on it, initiating a telepathic bond which she uses to drive the Unmade away.

Threshold of the storm

Title: No Backing Down; Mother of Lies

“Highmarshal Halad always said that to beat someone, you must first know them. It’s become one of the rules we follow in warfare.”

“And … what did he say about retreat?”

“ ‘Plan every battle as if you will inevitably retreat, but fight every battle like there is no backing down.’ “

Well, that’s the plan, anyway… and it comes into play for the second of these chapters, too. In fact, this phrase was suggested as the title for each of these chapters, because… well, I don’t have to explain that!

The second title isn’t a direct quote; it’s more of an inference, and was suggested as applying to both the Midnight Mother and to Shallan. Both are, indeed, supremely capable of crafting believable lies to convince others, aren’t they?

Heralds

Chapter 29 shows Shalash x2 (the essence Blood, attributes Creative and Honest, patron of Lightweavers; and Paliah x2 (the essence Pulp, the attributes Learned and Giving, patron of the Order of Truthwatchers). Chapter 30 is all Shalash.

A: I think it’s safe to say that we see Shalash and Paliah on Chapter 29 because we see their Knights Radiant in action. We’ll talk more about that below, I promise. There may also be some other reasons: the Illusions created by both the Midnight Mother and Shallan are forms of Lightweaving, the archives they found (however decayed) fit with Paliah’s scholarly bent, and in a way both Renarin and Shallan are interested in scholarship. We could probably find more, but that’s enough to be going on with.

Chapter 30 is all about illusions, and Shallan as a Knight Radiant of the Order of Lightweavers takes center stage.

Icon

Both character icons, Pattern, show that these are Shallan POV chapters.

Epigraph

So sit back. Read, or listen, to someone who has passed between realms. Listen to the words of a fool.

—From Oathbringer, preface

A: At the moment, I’m drawing a complete blank on how these two epigraphs fit with the chapters, so I’m just going to say that they don’t always have to. Sometimes, it’s just the next few sentences in the preface, and they fit that context and not this one. Okay?

L: Weeelllllll, there could be something to the “passing between realms” bit? Maybe it ties into the telepathic bond between Re-Shephir and Shallan.

A: Sounds good to me! Let’s go with that.

Stories & Songs

“To the right. The shadows are off. The wrong pattern.”

A: There is so much to unpack about this particular Unmade in these two chapters! We clearly can’t quote everything, or even thoroughly address everything. Still, let’s give it a try.

L: Most of it will be down in the Spren section, but this is just a fascinating little tidbit on its own. Does Pattern mean that the Midnight Mother is masquerading as a shadow here, and that’s why it’s wrong? Or is there more to it? Is there some sort of connection to the seven nine shadows that Dalinar saw around Odium’s Champion?!

She’d begun to imagine an infinite spiral, like with old Dilid, one of the ten fools. He ran up a hillside toward the Tranquiline Halls with sand sliding beneath his feet—running for eternity, and never making progress.

L: This is cool, I think this is the first time we’ve heard this legend. Have the Ten Fools been mentioned before?

A: They have. As near as I can tell, we get a name and a tidbit about one of them in each book, so far. In TWoK, Kaladin mentions “Cabine, who acted like a child though he was adult.” In WoR, again from Kaladin feeling like one of the ten fools, “Eshu, who spoke of things he did not understand in front of those who did.” I have to wonder if that’s going to continue throughout the series, or if we’ll learn more about the concept before then. Given Sanderson’s propensity for “one per book” stuff, I expect the former.

The pillar in the exact center of the room.

It was set with thousands upon thousands of cut gemstones, most larger than Shallan’s fist. Together, they were a treasure worth more than most kingdoms.

L: WHAT IIIIIIIS IT?! I MUST KNOW ITS FUNCTION.

A: I’ve heard so many theories, but the most common are probably the theories that it’s a fabrial that runs all the workings of Urithiru, or alternatively, that it’s the power source for the fabrial that is Urithiru. (I’m not entirely sure those aren’t the same thing, stated different ways, since we know so little.) The second burning question is how on Roshar they’re supposed to get enough Stormlight down here in the bowels of the tower to get the thing powered up. I suspect it requires a Bondsmith bonded to the Sibling—but that’s just a theory too.

L: Personally I like the power source theory, but I just want to KNOW.

Bruised & Broken

That’s you, a part of her cried as the adopted the persona. That’s the real you. Isn’t it? Why do you have to paint that face over another?

L: You know, this is a really interesting philosophical question. We all know that our personalities shift and change as we experience life. So what is our “real us?” Do we have fundamental personality aspects that remain the same as we age, or can even those be changed by dramatic life events? Is Shallan really Shallan… or is she changing?

A: Philosophically, it’s a profound question, because we are all changing all the time. (See last week, with Dalinar’s “sometimes a hypocrite is just a man who is in the process of changing.) Who is “the real you” at any given time? Viscerally, however, this kind of terrified me; it felt like Shallan was losing track of her personas, layering them over one another with very little ability to discern what was reality and what was illusion. Not so much a matter of hypocrisy or changing perspective, but layering lies over other lies because she was afraid of the truth. We know now that this is going to get worse before it gets better, but at this point it was scary to see her like this.

Would it really have been so bad to let Adolin know about Veil?

A part of her panicked at the idea, so she let go of it quickly.

L: Poor Shallan. She must be so used to keeping secrets from everyone around her that the very idea of being honest is terrifying.

Squires & Sidekicks

Bridge Four is BACK, baby!

Indeed, she’d mistaken one of Dalinar’s scouts—the short woman with long hair—for another bridgeman, though her uniform was different.

A: Hi, Lyn! ::waves::

L: When we get to the chapter in Part 2 that features her more prominently, I’ll talk in depth about the actual real-life stuff behind this tuckerization, I promise. But for now it’s worthwhile to note that Lyn’s apparently been just hanging out with Bridge Four all the time, probably in hopes that she’ll get to work with them eventually. Or because she just really likes hanging out with them.

“Kid,” Teft said, “you’re the expert on what’s weird. We’ll trust your word.”

Shallan looked with concern towards Renarin at the insult. He just grinned, as one of the other bridgemen slapped him on the back—Plate notwithstanding—while Lopen and Rock started arguing over who was truly the weirdest among them.

L: Awwwwww he’s one of the guys. This makes my heart happy.

A: I adored this moment. We’re all weird in our own ways, and it’s so good to be part of a group where your weirdness is valued.

“So,” one of the men said, a handsome, muscled fellow with arms that seemed too long for his body.

L: Too-long arms? Descendant of a world-hopper from Scadrial, I wonder?

A: I never thought of the possibility that he could be a world-hopper, but it would fit. He has “a faint accent” that is never identified, and he swears “By the Brightcaller’s rays” which we never see anywhere else. Whether that’s evidence of being from a different nation & religion on Roshar, or being a world-hopper… I don’t know. It would be cool if he were a world-hopper.

Dandos the Oilsworn

L: I was curious about this little name-drop (mainly because “Oilsworn” is such a cool freakin’ title), so I went looking in the previous books. He’s mentioned exactly once in each.

A: I’ll mention him again below. Will that be useful?

Places & Peoples

The perpetrator—one of Ruthar’s soldiers—had been hanged the next day in the market’s central square.

L: I quoted this one because it’s the first (I think?) instance we’ve seen of such swift and harsh justice being enacted. Do the Alethi not have courts of law as we know them, or did this particular case just have so many witnesses that there was no question of guilt? Does murder always result in execution? I’m just so interested in the logistics of crime and punishment in fantasy novels. (There’s also the possibility that since they’re in the middle of a war, Dalinar has instituted some sort of “Law during War,” which I could have sworn there was a specific word/phrase for, but my google-fu is failing me.)

A: It could be a little like the “Emergency Powers Act” during WWII, in England, maybe. Alternatively, it could just be the sort of rules that always hold during a campaign for those who are in the military encampment. We haven’t seen much of Alethi civil life; most of our time has been spent in the warcamps—first at the Shattered Plains, and now at Urithiru. Granted that there are a lot of civilians around, both places are first and foremost military installations.

Tight Butts and Coconuts

“Most men who have made a pass at me end up missing a finger or two, Red.”
“I’d still have plenty left to satisfy you, I promise.”

L: My reaction.

“Said that if I didn’t come, you’d probably—and I quote—’go do something stupid without letting me watch.’”

Pattern hummed. “Stupidity. Very interesting.”

A: This was one of my favorite laugh-out-loud moments in the whole book.

“A broken face, a twisted shape…”

“Sounds like that girl you’ve been seeing, Skar,” one of the bridgemen noted.

L: Storms, I missed these guys.

“Adolin…” Shallan said. “These are artifacts from another time. Valuable and precious.”

“I won’t break them too much,” he promised.

L: Only a little. A little breaking. He promises.

Weighty Words

Adolin and Renarin fought at the very front, hacking with Blades, leaving dark figures to hiss and gush smoke in pieces. … They struck true now and then, wounding a bridgeman, who would pull back into the center of the formation to be hastily bandaged by Lyn or Lopen. Renarin fell into the center and started to glow with Stormlight, healing those who were hurt.

A: I know Renarin has a long way to go yet, but I loved him in these scenes. Part of him is totally freaked out by what he knows to be (and is the first to identify as)

“One of the Unmade. Re-Shephir … the Midnight Mother.”

And yet, he stands against her. He takes his place, first at Adolin’s side, then healing the others, then again protecting Adolin’s back as they form a pathway to the center for Shallan to do her thing. My personal view of Renarin has always been that he’s courageous despite his physical disabilities; many times, though, he chooses not to do things that he knows would cause Adolin or Dalinar to step in to protect him. Now that he has a spren/blade, and is using (ordinary) Shardplate, he’s less vulnerable physically and so he’s able to do the things he couldn’t do before.

I’m not saying this very well, but I love the way he continues to fight despite his terror; courage isn’t in not being afraid, but in continuing to fight even though you are afraid. (I’m pretty sure someone has said that better…)

L: This one, perhaps? “I learned that courage was not the absence of fear, but the triumph over it. The brave man is not he who does not feel afraid, but he who conquers that fear.” –Nelson Mandela

A: Courage is resistance to fear, mastery of fear—not absence of fear. Except a creature be part coward, it is not a compliment to say he is brave; it is merely a loose misapplication of the word. –Mark Twain

L: I rather like the simplicity of this one by Twain: “Courage is not the absence of fear; it is acting in spite of it.”

A: Courage is being scared to death… and saddling up anyway. –John Wayne

L: So many cool quotes about this subject!

A Scrupulous Study of Spren

“What is it?” Renarin whispered. “Glys is frightened, and won’t speak.”

L: Sorry, Renarin, but I am suspicious of that spren of yours. Is Glys frightened because he knows exactly what they’re dealing with, having insider information?

A: Well, if Glys does know anything about her, I don’t blame him for being scared!

The things bled vapor when struck, a darkness that hissed from them and dissipated into the air.

Like smoke, Shallan thought.

L: So, we know that there are nine Unmade. If there were ten, I would wonder if maybe each of them corresponded to a Soulcasting essence… but the lack of a tenth seems to undermine this theory. Thoughts, Alice?

A: This particular conundrum gives me headaches. There are so many parallels between Surgebinding and Voidbinding, except that Honor (and Surgebinding) center around ten, while Odium (and Voidbinding) center on nine, and … it always goes pear-shaped when I try to wrap my head around it!

That said, I would cautiously venture that there could well be a correspondence, but try as I might, I can’t sort it out. You could associate Re-Shephir with smoke, Chemoarish with talus (stone/dust), Ashertmarn with sinew, or possibly blood, Yelig-nar with crystal (paralleling lucentia, maybe?), or maybe Ba-Ado-Mishram, who supplies voidlight and connection would fit lucentia better… and then I just start going in circles. I don’t really understand the essences, but mostly we just don’t know enough about the rest of the Unmade or Voidbringing.

“There’s something down there,” Renarin whispered, leaning out over the pit. “Something… ancient. You’ve felt it, haven’t you?”… “Your father doesn’t seem to be able to feel it,” Shallan said. “Why can we?”

L: Interesting that both Shallan and Renarin sensed this, but Dalinar doesn’t seem to.

A: I’ve wondered about that too. Is it because they’re closer to Cultivation (via their spren)? Is it because they both have the Surge of Illumination as part of their skillset, and the Midnight Mother also uses that Surge? (I’m going on the assumption that the Surges are the same for both Surgebinding and Voidbinding, and that they’re just used a little differently and accessed by different forms of Investiture.) Are they just more empathetic individuals than crusty old Dalinar?

L: Makes me wonder if Kal would, if he were around. Or if Malata does. Related to this conversation, there’s this quote:

There didn’t seem to be a duplicate for her.

Why not? Can the Mother not imitate a Lightweaver, or is it maybe confused by Shallan and all her various personas and masks she wears?

A: Oh, I like the idea that Re-Shephir might be confused by Shallan’s layers of illusion and personalities! It would be the one really cool thing about Shallan’s special style of crazy at this juncture.

“I feel like I understand her, a connection I cannot explain. That can’t be a good thing, right? Can we even trust what I think?”

L: This reminds me a little of the connection between Harry and Voldemort in Harry Potter.

A: Bingo!

L: A connection opened one way can influence the other way as well. Granted, this is a little deeper—Shallan seems to be worried that the Midnight Mother has been subconsciously changing the very fabric of her thoughts. Sanderson goes deeper into this connection in the beginning of chapter 30:

Shallan was laid open to this thing. Laid bare, her skin split, her soul gaping wide. It could get in.

It was also open to her.

This telepathy is fascinating to me, because we haven’t really seen any other telepathy in the books. Perhaps the Midnight Mother can utilize telepathy in her attempts to understand and better emulate people? Or is this another aspect of whatever theoretical connection is between them based on their powers?

They know how to face men like him, Shallan thought, still holding her Shardblade in one hand. Then why do they fear me?

L: Excellent question, and one which is answered in the next chapter. Another interesting thing: on the wheel of Heralds, Nale (essence of vapor) is opposite Shalash (patron of Lightweavers). Is it possible that Re-Shephir, representing Vapor, is especially weak to Lightweavers? (I took a look at the Double Eye artwork too, but while Lightweavers and Skybreakers are on opposite sides, they’re not exact opposites…)

A: Well, I already wound myself around the axle on that question. I’m not going to try again!

The spren tugged and prodded at Shallan’s bond with Pattern, seeking to rip it free and insert herself instead.

L: Well, that’s a horrifying thought. Bonding with an UNMADE?

A: Yeah, that was unnerving. Even the thought that it might be possible was totally creepy in the moment, but now that I think about it… I hadn’t put it together this way before, but are all the “embracing the Thrill” things we’ve seen sort of a matter of bonding with an Unmade? I don’t think it would be quite the same, since the Thrill seems to fill many people at the same time, but it’s some kind of a bond. Beyond that, though, there’s what we see later of Yelig-Nar. Was this suggestion, here, supposed to foreshadow Yelig-Nar consuming first Queen Aesudan and later Amaram, when each tried to bond and control it? And failed, and died? Because if that’s what “bonding an Unmade” looks like, it’s not a great idea.

It had been trapped. The event had happened recently in the spren’s reckoning, though Shallan had the impression that in fact centuries upon centuries had passed.

Re-Shephir was terrified of it happening again. The imprisonment had been unexpected, presumed impossible.

L: Setting up the pieces for the revelation that the Unmade can be trapped in perfect gemstones, here.

And it had been done by a Lightweaver like Shallan, who had understood this creature.

L: Ah hah. So now we know why it’s so scared of her—but we’re still left wondering how they can form this telepathic bond!

A: I think you must be right about Connection being involved, though I still have no clue how it works. Unless it’s that thing I mentioned about using the same Surge… for which I have zero evidence, so it could be coincidence. Except this is Sanderson, so there is no such thing as coincidence. Is there some sort of cognitive or spiritual connection (or Connection) between people/beings who use the same Surge?

Amazing Artwork

Art by Dan dos Santos and Howard Lyon. See full size images here.

Gorgeous, intricate pictures of the Heralds—made of thousands of tiles—adorned the ceiling, each in a circular panel.

The art on the walls was more enigmatic. A solitary figure hovering above the ground before a large blue disc, arms stretched to the side as if to embrace it. Depictions of the Almighty in his traditional form as a cloud bursting with energy and light. A woman in the shape of a tree, hands spreading toward the sky and becoming branches. Who would have thought to find pagan symbols in the home of the Knights Radiant?

Other murals depicted shapes that reminded her of Pattern, windspren … ten kinds of spren. One for each order?

A: We don’t actually get to see this artwork—more’s the pity—but it sound amazing to me. It would be interesting to ask how closely these pictures of the Heralds fit with the later paintings we see in the endpapers.

L: Are we sure that the endpapers aren’t what’s described here?

A: Well, I don’t think they are. These have been here since before Urithiru was abandoned, and I had the impression that the endpaper portraits were more contemporary idealizations. I could just be confused by knowing that the same artist (Dan dos Santos) who painted two of them is tuckerized as Dandos the Oilsworn, and I’m therefore assuming that he also would be credited with the Ishar and Shalash paintings in-world. I’d actually love to be wrong on this, because I think it would be awfully scrumptious to know we were seeing this artwork.

More curious, though, are the three mentioned next. Shallan recognizes the “Almighty” depiction, which seems to reflect Honor’s connection to the Stormfather. I think we all recognize Cultivation in the tree-woman, and it seems to hint at her connection to the Nightwatcher. Is the third also a Shard? (Odium?) Or is it Adonalsium? Or… the Sibling, and not a Shard at all?

L: I definitely got the impression that it was the third Sibling.

A: Really? How cool! For some reason I had assumed they were Shards (I suppose because Shallan called one “Almighty”) and that third one was really messing me up. But then, I’ll claim that I was thinking about this before we knew about the Sibling, okay?

If these were originally intended as depictions of the three great spren, that would definitely make the “solitary figure hovering above the ground” the Sibling. Would this fit with the “other murals” of the rest of the spren? Except that Shallan thinks there are “ten kinds of spren” depicted. Would she have just assumed there were ten more without looking closely, or is there a mural for the Bondsmith spren? I’m so confused.

L: Hmm, yeah, this is odd. If the one she’s assuming to be the Almighty is actually the Stormfather, then there should only be nine other types of spren depicted… strange. Very strange.

A: I’m so confused.

Oh, also, I was highly amused that Shallan thought of the Cultivation and likely-Sibling pictures as “pagan symbols.”

Quality Quotations

If you could explain everything perfectly, then you’d never need art. That was the difference between a table and a beautiful woodcutting. You could explain the table: its purpose, its shape, its nature. The woodcutting you simply had to experience.

 * * *

“Your imitation is pathetic,” Shallan whispered. “Here. Let me show you how it’s done.”

L: I love Shallan’s moment of badassery here.

“Plan every battle as if you will inevitably retreat, but fight every battle like there is no backing down.”

L: Well, that’s quite enough horror (and blabbing on my part) for now! Join us in the comments and weigh in with your own theories, and return at the same storm-time and same storm-channel next week when we finish up Part One with chapters 31 and 32, in which Kaladin rides the storm and someone unexpected returns

[Edit: I’d just like to take a moment to link this amazing fanart of the scene in this week’s reread. Check it out, it’s beautiful!]

Alice is wrapped up in the Skyward gamma read, which is now her favorite of Sanderson’s YA works. Beyond that, she’s trying to keep up with her kids and hoping for some summer to happen before September… (The rest of the country is broiling, but the Pacific Northwest is freeeeeeezing. They say it’s going to warm up any day now.)

Lyndsey is beyond excited for the upcoming Yuri!!! On Ice movie, and had a field day “live-tweeting” the concert last weekend. If you’re an aspiring author, a cosplayer, or just like geeky content, follow her work on Facebook or her website.


Oathbringer Reread: Chapters Thirty-One and Thirty-Two

$
0
0

Lyn: Well, here we are, fellow re-readers, finally at the end of Part One after four months! Seems like we’ve been doing this forever, but also strangely not nearly long enough to get as far through the book as we have. But of course, it’s not over! We’ve got four more parts and roughly NINE HUNDRED more pages to go!

Alice: And Interludes coming next week, for a change of pace.

Reminder: we’ll potentially be discussing spoilers for the ENTIRE NOVEL in each reread. No Cosmere connections or references to spoilers from other books in this reread, but if you haven’t read ALL of Oathbringer, best to wait to join us until you’re done.

Chapter Recap

WHO: Kaladin Stormblessed; Shallan Davar
WHERE: City of Revolar; Urithiru
WHEN: 1174.1.5.2 (five days after Kaladin’s last appearance in Chapter 23); a few hours after the battle against Re-Shephir.

Kaladin arrives at the city of Revolar with his group of parshmen, to find the city conquered and occupied by thousands of parshmen. When a Fused approaches, he realizes that it’s time to go, and flies up into the sky to see an oncoming Highstorm. Looking back down, he sees a group of human captives unprepared for the coming storm. He lands and directs the parshmen guarding them to get them to safety. Unfortunately, the storm overtakes them, and Kaladin somehow uses windspren to create a windbreak to allow a few humans to get to safety. He then rides the Highstorm all the way back to Urithiru.

Meanwhile, Shallan sits in Sebarial’s section of Urithiru and reflects on the Midnight Mother… until, that is, Adolin arrives with the news that Jasnah has returned.

Threshold of the storm

 

Title: Demands of the Storm; Company

WHO ARE YOU TO MAKE DEMANDS OF THE STORM, SON OF HONOR?
The Stormfather was a face as wide as the sky, dominating like a sunrise.

It’s an interesting choice for the title. The Stormfather is rebuking Kaladin for making demands of the storm, but Kaladin (and everyone else) have little choice but to succumb to the demands of the storm, as they always must before this massive natural phenomenon. At the same time, it’s Kaladin’s need to protect people from those demands that leads to the formation of the whatever-it-is made of windspren. To quote Syl, “Wow!”

“Is there anything else I can get you?” Palona asked.

Shallan shook her head, so the Herdazian woman settled herself on a sofa nearby, holding another cup of tea. Shallan sipped, glad for the company. Adolin had wanted her to sleep, but the last thing she wanted was to be alone.

The direct quote is the obvious connection, as Shallan—quite reasonably, IMO!—does NOT want to be alone after what she’s just gone through. Palona seems the perfect company: helpful, undemanding, willing to listen. … And then there’s the unexpected and perhaps less welcome company who walks in at the end.

Heralds

Jezrien is in all four places for Kaladin’s chapter. Obviously the Herald of the Windrunners would be heading this chapter, as Kaladin is displaying some pretty awesome Windrunner abilities and ideals here. As for the next little one, Battar (of the Elsecallers) is in all four places, probably because of the reappearance of Jasnah.

A: I dunno, Lyn, maybe this is our hint that Palona is going to be an Elsecaller! (JK) But I’d really like to know if Battar was a giveaway to any of the readers, making them suspect Jasnah’s return before she walked in. Anyone?

Icon

Kaladin’s spears and cloak; Pattern

Epigraph

If they cannot make you less foolish, at least let them give you hope. For I, of all people, have changed.

—From Oathbringer, preface

L: Possibly relevant that the “let them give you hope” part is heading Kaladin’s chapter (if there’s one person in these books we can always depend on to bring hope to others, it’s Kal), and maybe the “I have changed” bit could be referencing Shallan and her thinking about how she’s finally feeling like an adult, but I’m really reaching for these.

Stories & Songs

“During my time as a slave, barely able to think, I still dreamed.”

L: This is really cool… and horribly sad.

A name from ancient lore, one of the Unmade, princes of the Voidbringers. People sang about Re-Shephir in poetry and epics, describing her as a dark, beautiful figure. Paintings depicted her as a black-clad woman with red eyes and a sultry gaze.

L: Just goes to show you that history and artwork aren’t infallible.

A: Speaking of inaccurate artwork… I’m going to dodge back to last week’s discussion for just a moment to comment on the similarity between the third large mural and the Ishar painting in the endpapers. It occured to me the other day that Shallan recognized at least the Nightwatcher/Cultivation mural as “pagan symbols” it’s probable that some imagery has been passed down for hundreds and thousands of years. Is it possible that over time, the symbols associated with the Sibling and those associated with Ishar became conflated? If Ishar was remembered in association with Bondsmiths, but the existence of the Sibling itself was mostly forgotten as they withdrew from interaction with the world, is it logical that perhaps the Sibling’s symbology morphed into Ishar’s? Just a thought.

There was a deeper mystery behind that, a wisp of something she’d glimpsed while intertwined with Re-Shephir. It made Shallan wonder if this spren wasn’t merely trying to understand humankind, but rather searching for something it itself had lost.

Had this creature—in distant, distant time before memory—once been human?

L: Yikes.

A: It’s almost certain that they were some kind of person, long ago, before they were Unmade. Whether they were human, singer, Aimian, or something else… I can’t venture to guess what they were, but they were unmade from something. It could almost make me pity them. Almost.

“She was captive,” Shallan whispered. “She eventually escaped, but that was centuries ago.”

L: Okay so… if we’re operating under the assumption that she was captured in a perfect gemstone, HOW did she escape? I’d love to hear the story behind that.

A: All I can guess is that it wasn’t quite perfect. But I do hope we get more of this story!

Bruised & Broken

“They’re Voidbringers.

“No, they’re people. And they’re angry, with good reason. … I know that feeling. It burns in you, worms inside your brain until you forget everything but the injustice done to you. It’s how I felt about Elhokar. Sometimes a world of rational explanations can become meaningless in the face of that all-consuming desire to get what you deserve.”

L: It’s nice to see the self-reflection here on Kaladin’s part. He recognizes the flaw in himself—which is, of course, the first step towards overcoming it.

She was kind of an adult. She could deal with a little embarrassment. In fact, she was increasingly certain that between Shallan, Veil, and Radiant, she could deal with anything life could throw at her.

A: In the general badassery that was the fight with Re-Shephir, we had a chance to see Shallan as a Knight Radiant in power. For some reason, this chapter forcefully reminded me that she’s still only seventeen, and a deeply traumatized seventeen at that, having recently had to face things she’s blocked for years. It’s almost heartbreaking to read this, as she’s thinking how much she’s grown and how she can handle so much more. Even though she won, I think the terror she experienced broke her even more deeply, and that this event accelerated her downward spiral into the deeper identity issues she’ll experience later.

She didn’t tell them how near she’d come to breaking, and how terrified she was that she might someday meet that creature again.

IMO, this is both confirmation of what I just said, and also Foreshadowing. The question is, will she be enough stronger for the rematch that she can actually overcome (and maybe recapture) Re-Shephir, or will she break?

Places & Peoples

“Is this what you want, Sah? To conquer the kingdom? Destroy humankind?”

“Storms, I don’t know,” he said. “But I can’t be a slave again, Kal. I won’t let them take Vai and imprison her.”

L: Aside from the rather, ah… topical things we could note (::I will not discuss politics in a reread I will not discuss politics in a reread::), I’ll instead say that I feel for Sah so hard, here. This is such an awful position to be in. I don’t think anyone ever wants to really kill other people (if they do, they’re probably a bit unhinged), so being put in the position of having to do so to protect yourself and your children? Ugh.

A: On a much lighter note…

It was a strangely shaped stone chamber with a loft above—he sometimes put musicians there—and a shallow cavity in the floor, which he kept saying he was going to fill with water and fish.

So what would have been the purpose of this back when Urithiru was formed? Did Sebarial stumble on an idea that matched the original? I can’t quite believe that… but I also can’t figure out what its purpose would have been. Checkov’s hollow?

Tight Butts and Coconuts

He crashed to the ground, sending out a puff of glowing Stormlight that expanded from him in a ring.

L: By the laws of comic book fandom, subsection gif-A, I am legally required to post this.

Weighty Words

Syl spun around him as a ribbon of light, creating a spiral of glowing lines.

L: The beginning of his Shardplate?! I know this is the going theory, but I simply can’t imagine it being anything else. We get a lot of hints of this in this chapter…

A few windspren zipped past Kaladin, then began to dance playfully around him.

And…

Windspren accompanied him—he had two dozen now, a spinning and laughing group, each a ribbon of light.

And then, the big one:

A hundred windspren spun in as lines of light, twisting around his arm, wrapping it like ribbons. They surged with Light, then exploded outward in a blinding sheet, sweeping to Kaladin’s sides and parting the winds around him.

The storm raged against him, but he held the point in a formation of windspren that spread from him like wings, diverting the storm.

L: Okay so… aside from the awesomeness that is the possibility of proto-Shardplate, I’d really like to dig into this other ability Kal seems to have discovered. It’s like he created a huge shield of spren. Is this… extending the Plate away from his body? And if so, is this something that all of the Knights Radiant used to be able to do? Imagine the applications! Could they use them to pick things up that were at a distance? Use them to throw back something (or someone) far away? (I’m sort of imagining Force-pushing from Star Wars here.)

A: The thing is, Syl is completely flabbergasted by it. She has no idea what he did with the windspren—which makes me think it’s not something the former Radiants could do.

L: Unless it’s something else that she’s forgotten.

A: That could be, but most of the time she “remembers” once he’s done it. Hard to say. It must be related to Plate, of course.

L: Oh, absolutely.

A: I suspect it’s different than what’s been done before, though, because he’s not limited by expectations. In the past, I’ve bemoaned the fact that the new crop of Knights is having to figure everything out for themselves without benefit of training like the old Knights would have had. This is the first time we see a benefit from that lack of training: Kaladin desperately needs to do this, and he’s able to gather the windspren to do it because he doesn’t know he can’t. And so it is totally awesome: he’s able to use something that will probably become Plate later to protect more than just himself—he protects a whole group of people who would most likely die otherwise.

Of course, the ironic part is that he’s using windspren to divert the wind. That should probably be explored, but it’s just way too meta for me.

Oh. My. Storms. I just realized—Kaladin has seen this before! Back in The Way of Kings, when he was hung out in the highstorm as punishment for the side carry episode:

In those brief moments of light when he dared to look, he thought he saw Syl standing in front of him, her face to the wind, tiny hands forward. As if she were trying to hold back the storm and split the winds as a stone divided the waters of a swift stream.

That’s exactly what he did with the windspren here, except on a larger scale. He subconsciously replicated what he saw her trying to do way back then.

“The bond isn’t about what’s right and wrong, is it, Syl. It’s about what you see as right and wrong.”

“What we see,” she corrected. “And about oaths. You swore to protect Elhokar.”

“Fine. But it’s still about perception.”

L: This is BIG. So… when she says “we,” is she referring to herself and Kaladin, or herself and the other honorspren? If the former, is it possible that a Knight Radiant could do something that went against their oaths provided they could rationalize it to their spren and get them to agree that it was necessary, or that it was actually fulfilling the oaths as they saw it?

A: I’m reasonably confident that “we” means Syl and Kaladin. I have a firm theory that while Kaladin’s conscious mind and emotions were conflicted about Elhokar, his subconscious knew the assassination was wrong. IMO, his bond to Syl requires him to be true to what he knows is right, not what he can rationalize to himself. Kaladin thinks the broken bond was Syl enforcing her morality on him; I think it was the bond enforcing his own morality on him. When he nearly broke the bond, it was actually a matter of choosing his desires over his moral values; it’s restoration came when he reversed that priority.

Is it about perception? Perhaps—but if so, it’s about his own subconscious perception of his oaths and what they require of him.

Meaningful/Moronic/Mundane Motivations

He probably shouldn’t have shown them any of these things; that didn’t stop him from feeling proud as he walked with them, entering the city.

L: Kal just can’t stop himself from leading people.

A: I love that in him, even though it’s going to cause him problems later. ::sniffle::

A Scrupulous Study of Spren

Gloryspren burst up about Kaladin’s head.

Syl took on the form of a person just so she could glower at the little bobbing balls of light. “Mine,” she said, swatting one of them aside.

L: Ha! First of all, her possessiveness is adorable. Secondly, though, I wonder about this. If gloryspren are attracted to Bondsmiths the way windspren are to Windrunners, could Kal also be exhibiting some Bondsmith-traits, which would be why Syl is chasing these gloryspren away?

A: You know, I think you might be onto something there. On a first read, we don’t know about the gloryspren/Bondsmith connection, but in retrospect, you have to wonder. She’s never really paid any attention to other spren that show up around him, except the windspren she refers to as cousins. (Well, and the deathspren back in TWoK, but that’s a bit different!) Now all of a sudden she’s possessive about other spren around Kaladin? I agree—it’s because of their link to Bondsmiths.

“Besides, I’m less a force of nature and more one of the raw powers of creation transformed by collective human imagination into a personification of one of their ideals.”

L: WELL. That’s pretty much the best in-world description of exactly what a higher spren is that we’ve gotten so far.

A: It’s also hilarious. Just sayin’.

L: I rather like this little bit later in the chapter, as it relates to this:

He’s a storm, Kaladin. As people over millenia have imagined him.

L: It’s really cool how belief can shape these creatures. Sort of reminds me of a lot of stories about fae, and how belief (or the lack thereof) by humans affects their powers (or their very existence).

Syl cried out in his mind, a sound like pain and surprise mixed.

L: Hunh. Is she just hurt by Kaladin getting knocked into, or is there something more going on here?

A: It feels like a non sequitur otherwise, so I have to assume that it’s connected to seeing the flying Voidbringers. On a random guess, maybe that’s how her first bondmate was killed? That’s all I’ve got.

I AM THE MEMORY OF A GOD, THE FRAGMENT THAT REMAINS. THE SOUL OF THE STORM AND THE MIND OF ETERNITY.

L: Okay so… if the Stormfather is the fragment that remains of the Almighty… What about the other Siblings? Alice, you’re the Cosmere scholar, help me out with the Shard possibilities going on here. Is he a Shard? Was the Almighty a Shard?

A: Yup. The “Almighty” they refer to was, as far as we know, the Shard Honor. Who started calling him that, or why, we don’t yet know, but the Stormfather now holds much of Honor’s investiture. Taking the title of “Almighty” seems a bit presumptuous, doesn’t it, what with Cultivation sitting right there being just as much a Shard of Adonalsium as Honor! Anyway, Brandon said that the Stormfather’s relationship with Honor (before he was splintered) was pretty much the same as the Nightwatcher’s relationship with Cultivation. A lot of people assume that means the Sibling had a similar relationship with Odium, but we know that’s not true, because Brandon also specified that Odium’s equivalent relationship is the Unmade collectively. It’s quite possible that the reason the Sibling could go to sleep is that they aren’t tied so closely to a Shard. It’s also quite possible that Sibling had some kind of special relationship with Adonalsium himself, since this planet was specifically designed and created by Adonalsium. We don’t know, but I think that last is a cool theory, anyway.

Kaladin. You can’t save them all. … You’ll never be able to do enough to satisfy yourself, Kaladin.

L: Lots of theories that Kaladin’s next ideal is going to revolve around this concept… theories that I personally subscribe to.

A: Likewise.

Quality Quotations

“No matter what you are told, know this: I do not wish to be your enemy.”

L: I like the way he worded this. “I do not WISH to be your enemy.” This implies that if he needs to be, he will—but only if the choice is out of his control.

A: Later, he’s going to find that the choice is never out of his control… and by not choosing, his friends in the Wall Guard, as well as the King he was supposed to protect, all die at the hands of these very people—and these people die at the hands of his friends.

“Do better,” he said to her. “These people are your charge now. You’ve seized the city, taken what you want. If you wish to claim any kind of moral superiority, treat your captives better than they did you.”

L: Yeah! You go, Kaladin! You lead by example and keep being awesome!

I think what you’re doing is like asking fire to please stop being so hot.

A: Good luck with that!

“Just listen to the piece of nature incarnate, okay?”

A: Sounds like a very good plan.

Dalinar had been downright nice to her—instead of being his usual stern rock of a human being.

A: Just because it made me snicker.

At their head was Jasnah Kholin.

L: ::sings:: Cuz she’s BAAAAAACK! Back in the saddle agaaaiiiiin…

For the next re-read, we’ll be digging into all three of the first set of Interludes, as they’re all pretty short. So prepare yourself for some salvage, some in-world Jane Austen, and… and… ::sniffles:: some confirmation that a certain character really did die.

Alice is off to see the wizard …er… Montana again this week! The civilized part this time, though, so she won’t be so out of touch. Meanwhile, y’all go pre-order Skyward, okay? That gamma read has her pumped!

Lyndsey finally found the time to participate in the Skyward gamma read, and she’s got to agree with Alice—this is a great book, and you’re all going to love it. If you’re an aspiring author, a cosplayer, or just like geeky content, follow her work on Facebook or her website.

Check Out the UK Cover for Brandon Sanderson’s Upcoming Novel Skyward

$
0
0

We’re excited to share the evocative UK cover for Skyward, Brandon Sanderson’s new YA science fiction novel! The novel follows the story of a girl and her starfighter as they traverse a future in which humans and aliens are locked in war.

From the catalog copy:

Spensa’s world has been under attack for hundreds of years. An alien race called the Krell leads onslaught after onslaught from the sky in a never-ending campaign to destroy humankind. Humanity’s only defense is to take to their ships and combat the Krell. Pilots are the heroes of what’s left of the human race.

Becoming a pilot has always been Spensa’s dream. Since she was a little girl, she has imagined soaring above the earth and proving her bravery. But her fate is intertwined with that of her father—a pilot himself who was killed years ago when he abruptly deserted his team, leaving Spensa’s chances of attending Flight School at slim to none.

No one will let Spensa forget what her father did, but she is determined to fly. And the Krell just made that a possibility. They’ve doubled their fleet, which will make Spensa’s world twice as deadly . . . but just might take her skyward.

Here’s the full cover!

Skyward will take flight on November 6th, 2018, when it’s published by Gollancz. In the meantime you can check out Brandon Sanderson writing process over at his blog!

 

Oathbringer Reread: Interludes One, Two, and Three

$
0
0

Welcome back to the wide world of Roshar! As we examine the first set of Interludes, our scope once again widens to include parts of the world we haven’t observed, at least recently: the far eastern coast of New Natanatan, the western slopes of the Horneater Peaks, and a chasm near the center of the Shattered Plains. All three center on the aftereffects of the Everstorm.

Reminder: we’ll potentially be discussing spoilers for the ENTIRE NOVEL in each reread. There’s no specific Cosmere discussion in this week’s post, though we can’t promise what will be in the comments. But if you haven’t read ALL of Oathbringer, best to wait to join us until you’re done.

Chapter Recap

WHO: Puuli, Ellista, Venli
WHERE: Puuli—New Natanatan. Ellista—Jokasha Monastery, on the western slopes of the Horneater Peaks. Venli—The Shattered Plains.


WHEN: All of these interludes are flashbacks, in regards to the timeline of the novel so far. Puuli’s takes place one day before the main events of Oathbringer begin (1173.10.10.4), and Venli’s takes places two days after the main events begin (1174.1.1.2). Ellista’s little chapter happens the same day that Shallan “performs” The Girl Who Looked Up for Pattern (1174.1.4.3).

The day after the first Everstorm, Puuli gathers wood from the wreckage and ponders the words of his Grandfather, who told him to watch for destroyers coming from the Origin on the darkest of nights.

At the Jokasha Monastery, Ellista just wants to find a nice quiet place to read her book. When she finally manages it, she’s interrupted by another ardent with questions about her translation of the Dawnchant.

Venli is hunting in the chasms of the Shattered Plains for her sister Eshonai on the command of Ulim, the Voidspren. However, she discovers that her sister is considerably less alive than she’d expected.

Threshold of the storm

Title: The Rhythm of the Lost

A: It’s worth noting here that in the Interludes, the chapter title is always the name of the POV character, except for the Interludes that make up the running novella. In Oathbringer, we can now observe that this will be Venli’s story, similar to Szeth’s story in The Way of Kings and Eshonai’s in Words of Radiance. If I recall correctly, it always concludes with one or two scenes in Part 5, right?

Heralds

Puuli: Chanarach

Patron of the Dustbringers She represents the role of Guard, and is associated with the number chach, the essence Spark, and the divine attributes of Brave and Obedient.

A: I’m going with Guard, Obedient, and possibly Spark and Dustbringer here. Puuli has been watching, and he’s been obediently tending the flame in the lighthouse to guard the ships, but he’s also a little too delighted in the destruction. That was a little creepy.

Ellista: Pailah holds the role of Scholar, and is associated with the essence pulp, and the attributes Learned and Giving. She is patron of the Order of Truthwatchers.

A: The Scholar is pretty obvious, as is Learned, for Ellista. I’m not sure there’s much else to note, is there? Oh, wait… pulp. Pulp fiction. Oh, please, tell me they didn’t do that on purpose! (But of course they did. There are no coincidences.)

Venli: Battar is the Counselor, with the essence Tallow, and the attributes Wisdom and Care. She is patron of the Order of Elsecallers.

A: This is a little harder. Venli refers to Eshonai several times in terms we could easily link to Wisdom and the role of Counselor. They don’t seem to apply much to Venli just yet, though. Given that we’re almost sure the spren Timbre will make Venli a Willshaper, I’m a little surprised not to see Kalak here. Maybe that will come later?

Icon

Like the titles, most Interludes use the same icon. It’s got that “Double Eye of the Almighty” symbol that demonstrates Surgebinding in the front cover of TWoK, with the five swords going through it. I’ve never been entirely sure of all the symbolism here, but in practical terms, it’s mostly used for Interludes. Sometimes it’s also on chapters where there are so many things going on that it’s impossible to pick a single character as the primary. The exception, as always, is the running novella.

L: The icon used for Venli’s chapter here is similar to but not quite the same as that used for Eshonai’s POV chapters in WoR. Rather than standing on a cliff in armor looking at a storm, this one is standing on a cliff—facing the other direction—and has what appears to be a spren hovering above her hand.

A: In the Words of Radiance reread, we called Eshonai’s icon “The Listener.” Does that mean we should call Venli’s “The Singer”?

Stories & Songs

Time to add to our running tally of Listener Rhythms—Curiosity, Awe, Peace, Pleading, Skepticism, Appreciation, Anxiety, Consolation, Praise, Reprimand, Mourning, Lost. Rhythm of the Terrors, Craving, Command, Fury, Satisfaction, Derision, Spite

Had the time finally come, that his grandfather had warned of? The time of changes, when the men from the hidden island of the Origin at last came to reclaim Natanan?
They’ll come with Light in their pockets, Grandfather had said. They’ll come to destroy, but you should watch for them anyway. Because they’ll come from the Origin. The sailors lost on an infinite sea. You keep that fire high at night, Puuli. You burn it bright until the day they come.
They’ll arrive when the night is darkest.

L: I really wonder about this. It makes me think that this whole thing with Odium is just a presage for the REAL storm coming from the Origin—that there might be an even bigger Evil coming down the line. Maybe this will be what the heroes face in the back five—perhaps the first five books are the fight against Odium, and they win—only to discover something even worse. Which they then have to team up with the Listeners/Fused to survive, of course… /end crackpot theory

A: Well, that’s a frightening thought. Makes a certain amount of sense, because there has to be something different going on in the back five, but… Yikes! That bit about coming “with Light in their pockets” sounds a little like it could just be Knights Radiant with Stormlight, but you’ve just convinced me that it’s probably not. I keep trying to guess, but this is likely our first hint of something yet to come.

At the top, he left out an offering of fruit for Kelek, the Herald who lived in the storm.

L: He’s talking about Kalak, Herald of the Almighty, Patron of the Willshapers. But here’s where I’m confused. Puuli believes that Kelek lives in the storm… which makes sense considering how closely tied the Almighty was to the Stormfather, I suppose. But… in that case, shouldn’t it be the Willshapers who are bonded to the storm? Not the Bondsmiths? Maybe this is just a case of forgotten knowledge and things being attributed to the wrong Heralds over time.

A: I found this interesting, too, but I think it just shows how different peoples understand cosmology in different ways. Not long ago, we were talking about how Shallan thought of the image of Cultivation as “pagan symbols,” and we’ve run into that same idea elsewhere. Given how much information we get directly from the Stormfather, I’m pretty sure Puuli’s people are wrong to identify Kalak with the storm, but the Alethi are also wrong to claim that acknowledging Cultivation’s power is heresy. I think that’s one of the things I love about the Interludes—it reminds us that this world isn’t homogeneous in its beliefs.

“This in-between, weird language is where people started using the Dawnchant script to phonetically transcribe their own language. … In this scrap we have one of the earliest emergence of the proto-Thaylo-Vorin glyphic radicals, and here is one showing a more intermediate Thaylen form.

L: Gotta admit, I’m fascinated by languages and how they evolve, so this is really cool to me. It sort of reminds me of Chinese/Japanese, and how the Japanese took the Chinese symbols combined them with their own phonetic versions of simplified “glyphs,” as Ellista would say. There are also shades of Latin here, in that we’re looking at a “unified scholar’s written language” which was used and understood even when the spoken language of the culture was different.

A: Philology is a fascinating subject, and I love that it’s become an integral part of the worldbuilding. I’m also pleased to see Navani’s work with Dalinar’s visions bearing fruit. I know it’s going to be used in harmful ways, but I have some hope that there will be more good to come.

The old songs spoke of days when humans had hacked apart listener corpses, searching for gemhearts.

L: I can see why they’d be so hesitant to trust humans. Ugh.

A: What struck me was the casual confirmation that yes, the Parsh do have gemhearts, and the humans knew that in the past. Have they just forgotten, or are these gemhearts not all that useful, or what? My best guess is that for some reason, the humans forgot altogether; otherwise, I can’t imagine that they wouldn’t make a practice of removing the gemhearts from their slaves when they die, even if they aren’t extremely useful. (If they were really useful, of course, someone would decided to raise parshmen just for the gemhearts. This makes me grateful that they didn’t know about it, for whatever reason. Slavery is bad enough.) That would, of course, carry over into the War of Reckoning, if they knew about it. I wonder why they forgot?

“Our ancestors?” Demid said. “What do they have to do with this?”
“Everything,” Ulim replied, “seeing as they’re the ones in charge.”

L: Dun dun duuuuuuuuuuun!

A: Merely the first in the series of terrible revelations about Rosharan history….

Bruised & Broken

The good of her people had always been secondary to Venli…

L: UGH. I know that she gets better, but this really makes me hate her. All of this death and destruction, and for what? A selfish desire for power.

A: Hah! I actually love this line, because it means I was right about her all through Words of Radiance. She really was selfish and power-hungry the whole time. It’s hard to believe, given how we (rightly) felt about her at this point, that she’s getting her own redemption arc. She needs some serious redemption, too; in direct opposition to her people’s decisions for centuries, she decided to try to bring back the forms of power and all they entailed. They might have come back without her help, but the fact that she chose to pursue it remains a condemnation.

Eshonai looked exhausted. In fact, she wasn’t moving.

L: ::sniff::

A: ::sniff::

You were the voice of reason, Venli thought. You were the one who argued with me. You… you were supposed to keep me grounded.
What do I do without you?

L: And so begins Venli’s character arc.

Diagrams & Dastardly Designs

“A particular patron of mine has a strict deadline upon [this translation of the Dawnchant]’s delivery.”

L: ::narrows eyes:: I’m suspicious of this.

A: Yes. Almost certainly Taravangian, with his plan for simultaneous “discoveries” of the most damaging aspects of lost history.

Flora & Fauna

L: The Everstorm doesn’t count as Flora or Fauna, but it IS a natural (sort of) occurrence, so I’m putting discussion regarding it here.

“Two data points to make a coincidence, three to make a sequence. The Everstorm travels at a consistent speed, unlike the highstorm.”

A: Works for me. What I want to know is why this is so significant. It obviously is, but why?

Places & Peoples

Here, one of the foreigner captains—with long eyebrows and tan skin, rather than the proper blue skin—was trying to make sense of her ruined ship.

A: We’ve talked before about how the Horneaters and Herdazians have Parshendi blood, so obviously cross-race mating is viable. Here’s our evidence that Aimians and humans were also able to mate, as the people of Natanatan have Aimian blood.

Here, at the central home for the Devotary of the Mind, she was supposed to be able to just read.

L: We don’t really know a whole lot about the inner workings of the ardentia, so this little snippet interests me. From this I would assume that they have several different Devotaries—areas of study?

A: We’ve picked up little snippets about the devotaries along the way, but we don’t know much about them. There doesn’t seem to be a standard naming protocol: for example, Shallan belongs to the Devotary of Purity, and Dalinar to the Devotary of Talenelat. We’ve also heard of Denial, Insight, Sincerity, and here The Mind. As near as I can tell, they each have goals or ideals that they follow, and overall they’re responsible to teach people morality—but not to enforce it. It seems that everyone in Vorinism follows some devotary, not just the ardents. I’ve never been able to tell that it makes much difference, though.

For what it’s worth, I like the Devotary of the Mind. It seems to encourage reading of all genres, not merely scholarship. Between that and not having to bother with her hair, I think Ellista’s onto something here.

“I shall be away, to the Shattered Plains, and you shall not again suffer the torment of my presence.”

L: I find this interesting to note because it gives a pretty clear indication that this novel she’s reading is modern. The war on the Shattered Plains is a fairly recent development, so this book must have been written in the past six years, since the war began. Also interesting to note that Urv calls the book an “Alethi epic.” They’ve got an interesting definition of epic…

A: Epic romance! Wheeee! Or something.

Also, Ellista specifically notes that Urv, the ardent who seeks her out, is Siln; I had to go look that up. Silnasen turns out to be a city in Jah Keved which is not ethnically Veden. They seem to be a very pragmatic people, given that their “battles” tend to involve a lot of boasting and posturing, and very little actual fighting; that would be wasteful of perfectly good hunters. I’m not sure if Ellista is implying that Urv is less boastful than most Siln ardents, or just less obnoxious in general.

Tight Butts and Coconuts

L: I just have to take a moment to appreciate the comic buildup of Ellista’s chapter. We’re made to believe for the whole beginning that she’s looking for a place to get serious work done—and then it’s revealed that she just wants a place to read what’s essentially a trashy romance novel. Well played, Sanderson. Well played.

A: Absolutely. The first quote from her book was a complete stunner.

L: (Also, the language used in the in-world novel is very good, and immediately reminded me of Jane Austen.) Ellista talking to the book is fantastic, too. (Not that I’ve ever done that. Nope. Never. Not at all. ::sits on book::)

A: (Anyone who has ever seen the beta comments might just suspect that Sanderson was poking a little fun at us.)

“Brightlord Vadam? You little whore!”

L: I laughed aloud here.

A: You were not alone.

“What was that you were studying?” he asked.

“Important works,” Ellista said, then sat on the book.

L: She’s adorable.

“She is elevated to courtly attention and has to choose between a strapping naval officer, a Thaylen baker, and the King’s Wit.”

L: Oh NOOOOOOOO. ::can’t help imagining Hoid in a book like this and the absolute havoc he’d wreak on everyone::

A: Which… is probably exactly what’s intended, given that as you pointed out, this is a contemporary novel. Clearly the in-world author doesn’t know Hoid at all. (Or… perhaps the author knows Hoid quite well? Either one works, depending on the author’s intent!)

I must quote the next lines, just in case anyone missed the cut text:

“Wait. There are three different men this time?”

“Sequels always have to be bigger,” he said.

Lol.

Weighty Words

L: Putting this one here, since it has to do with Plate:

“Plate looks completely drained. Broken along the back, I see. Well, it’s said to regrow on its own, even now that is it separated from its master from so long ago.”

L: Proof (as if we needed it) that the Plate is somehow organic, like the Blades are.

“Your sister,” Ulim said, “didn’t undergo the transformation properly. She resisted, and we’d have eventually lost her.”

L: That’s cool to know that even if you give in and bond the Voidspren, there’s still a chance of redemption, of coming back.

A: I’m also happy to know that Eshonai would have escaped the Voidspren, had she survived long enough. It wasn’t irreversible.

A Scrupulous Study of Spren

The spren usually took the form of rolling lightning, moving across surfaces. At the bottom, he formed from lightning into a human shape with odd eyes. … She wasn’t sure why a spren sent by Odium himself would look human.

L: Thank you for hanging that particular lampshade, Sanderson, because we’ve been wondering the same thing.

A: IMO, it reveals that the Parsh currently don’t understand that they weren’t always Team Odium; their old songs are truer than they know. Spren from Odium would logically look human—and specifically Shin; I just wonder why more of the native spren don’t look Parsh. Or why we haven’t seen any that do.

…a form of power was what she had always wanted. And she’d achieved one, capturing a spren in the storm within herself. That hadn’t been one of Ulim’s species, of course—lesser spren were used for changing forms. She could occasionally feel the pulsing, deep within, of the one she’d bonded.

L: Lesser Voidpsren… interesting. If they follow the same rules as regular spren, I wonder what sorts of beliefs or ideas they embody?

A: I read this as the lesser natural spren, though I don’t really have anything to back that up. Words of Radiance tells us that a Listener who bonded with a creationspren would gain artform. Maybe passionspren are needed to develop mateform? I haven’t worked at it very hard to figure out which spren would give them nimbleform, or workform, or warform. According to that theory, though, I still have no idea if the spren who can give them the forms of power are natural Rosharan spren, or if they are imports from Braize or someplace and really are Voidspren. They were obviously available on Roshar before the Everstorm, but I don’t know what that proves.

“Do you know how to lead armies, Venli? True armies? Supply troops across a battlefront that spans hundreds of miles? Do you have memories and experiences that span eons?”

She glared at him.

“Our leaders,” Ulim said, “know exactly what they’re doing. Them I obey.”

L: I don’t know about that whole “know exactly what they’re doing” bit. They freed the parshmen, then left them to meander across a harsh country alone, with no information (such as Kaladin gave) on how to survive. That’s not good leadership.

A: And as we’ll discover later, many of them are completely mad. I suppose at this point, Ulim either doesn’t know or doesn’t care about that; he’s more interested in making Venli & Co. follow the orders he’s received from the coherent leaders.

“But I am the one who escaped, the spren of redemption. I don’t have to listen to you.”

L: Spren of redemption, eh? And “escaped…” escaped from who, or what?

A: Escaped from Braize, I’ve always assumed, since that’s where they were supposed to be trapped until the Heralds gave in to the torture. If that’s the case, though, how did he escape before Taln broke?

She turned to go, but paused as she saw something. What was that small spren that had crept out from beneath Eshonai’s corpse? It looked like a small ball of white fire; it gave off little rings of light and trailed a streak behind it. Like a comet.

L: So many theories as to what this little guy is. A Radiant spren that Eshonai had begun bonding? A Voidspren of some sort? Or even Eshonai’s spirit, perhaps? Personally I hold to the first theory.

A: We’ll end up talking about this a lot more in later Interludes, but I think it’s pretty clear that this spren had been in the process of forming a bond with Eshonai before she accepted the stormform. One prevalent theory is that this is a Lightspren, the one they call Reachers in Shadesmar, though Brandon won’t confirm it.

Quality Quotations

Old Navani Kholin, in Alethkar, had somehow cracked the Dawnchant.

A: This just killed me, and shows just how young—or younger than me!—Ellista is. “Old Navani Kholin”? I mean… really? She’s only fifty-something.

Decorum seemed a vain thing to her now, lost upon the sea that was her need to feel Sterling’s touch. She rushed to him, and upon his arm pressed her ensleeved hand, which she then lifted to caress his sturdy jaw.

L: So, I’ve always held that Sanderson’s one biggest flaw is romance. This is most obvious in Mistborn (the chemistry between Vin and Elend is practically non-existent), but he’s definitely been making advancements in this. Keep in mind that I’m not saying he needs to be writing overt sex scenes like GRRM or Stephen King, but there’s way more to a believable romance than sex. This scene in particular, though written almost as satire and in a completely different style, proves that he can do it. If he chooses to. ;)

A: I seem to recall someone accusing him of getting Mary Robinette Kowal to write this for him. He didn’t, of course, but it was funny at the time.

L: I remember asking if she’d helped with it.

A: Maybe that’s what I remember. But it was funny. And that’s just about enough out of us, eh?

Next week we’ll begin Part Two with Chapter 33. While it’s a relatively short chapter, the next one is pretty long, so we’ll just concentrate on that one alone for this week. As always, see you in the comment section!

Alice is so ready to be done traveling for a bit. Too bad she’s not actually done. However, she would like everyone to be aware that the Skyward proofread is complete, and it’s on its way to publication. Also, the Kaladin album physical CDs are almost ready for shipping!

Lyndsey is up to her eyeballs in craziness and can’t come up with anything witty here at the moment. If you’re an aspiring author, a cosplayer, or just like geeky content, follow her work on Facebook or her website.

Oathbringer Reread: Chapter Thirty-Three

$
0
0

Alice: Welcome back to this week’s installment of the Oathbringer reread, wherein we launch into Part 2: New Beginnings Sing. What are these new beginnings? Well, let’s find out; the next few months will apparently focus on Shallan, Jasnah, Dalinar, and Bridge Four.

Lyn: YAY BRIDGE FOUR! ::salute::

A: This week, we’re only dealing with those first two, as they come to grips with inevitable changes resulting from Jasnah’s return.

Reminder: we’ll potentially be discussing spoilers for the ENTIRE NOVEL in each reread. This week includes minor Cosmere effects as we speculate briefly on the author of the first set of epigraphs. There are definitely references to later in the book, so if you haven’t read ALL of Oathbringer, best to wait to join us until you’re done.

Chapter Recap

WHO: Shallan
WHERE: Urithiru
WHEN: 1174.1.5.3 (the day after chapter 32)

Shallan makes her way to the room where she scared off the Midnight Mother, looking for Jasnah. She finds her and the two have a brief conversation about why Jasnah didn’t contact anyone to let them know she was still alive.

The Singing Storm

Title: A Lecture

This was how their reunion went? A lecture? Fitting.

A: I’ll admit I snickered at this line. The comment accompanying this suggestion was about an initial disappointment at not being shown a tearful or excited reunion—and then realizing that a lecture was far more appropriate to this particular relationship.

Heralds

All four places are occupied by Vedel, representing the essence Lucentia (Light), and the attributes Loving and Healing. She is patron of the Order of Edgedancers.

A: This seems an odd choice of Herald for the chapter, since it centers around a Lightweaver and an Elsecaller. There’s no visible healing taking place, either physical or mental. The other connections I can try to make involve esoterica like diamond (the order’s gemstone); quartz, glass, and crystal (soulcasting properties); and the eyes (body focus). I’d really love to have Isaac tell us what he was thinking here, but the best I can do is guess that it either has something to do with both women’s perturbed state of mind (which need healing?) or with the gemstone pillar in some way.

L: My spheres are on the pillar.

Icon

Pattern

Epigraph

Dearest Cephandrius, I received your communication, of course.

A: Oh, this is going to be fun. The letters are always fascinating, and they drive so much speculation. This one is a letter to Hoid; Cephandrius is one of the names he’s used elsewhere, and WoB is that it’s the closest we’ve seen to his original name. In that WoB, it’s also noted that he’s been called Topaz. I think it’s worth saying that the word/name Cephas is an Aramaic one, meaning “rock”—and I’m reasonably sure that’s not coincidence.

L: Ah, but who is the letter from? Do we find out over the course of this book? I admit this is my first reread since the beta, and we didn’t have these in the beta version…

A: ::scurries off to look it up:: Oh, yeah, of course, it’s from… We don’t know! It’s clearly from a Shard who is the only one on its planet. Also, one whose planet Hoid has visited—but we have to assume that’s all of them, even if we haven’t seen them. If it’s a Shard we know about already, we can eliminate every one but Edgli (Endowment from Warbreaker); if it’s not her, then it’s one of the six Shards we haven’t learned about yet.

L: What rules out Harmony (Scadrial)? Do the timelines not match up or something?

A: The epigraphs for Part 2 are actually three different letters, and the third one is pretty clearly from Harmony. Fwiw, the second is from Bavadin, Vessel of the Shard Autonomy, but we’ll talk about that more in a couple of months or so when we reach the second letter.

Here’s how it shakes out: It can’t be from any of the splintered Shards (Devotion, Dominion, Ambition, and Honor), so that takes out four. It’s not likely to be from Cultivation or Odium, since they’re right here; that makes six. Ruin and Preservation are combined to Harmony, who like Bavadin is ruled out because of the other two letters, removing another three of the original sixteen for a total of nine. That leaves Edgli, or one of the six still-hidden Shards. This could be Brandon’s way of introducing a new one, which would be cool because he’s spilled nothing about them.

I’m going with Edgli, though.

Stories & Songs

Lately she’d only been doing pages and pages of twisted images.

L: I’m left wondering if this was just an effect of the Midnight Mother’s influence on her, or if it was indicative of a deeper issue within her fracturing psyche. I’m not sure if we see her drawing again anytime soon…

A: Not ones that we get to see. Except for the picture of Urithiru below, which opens Part 2, we don’t see her drawings again until she’s in Kholinar. (I’m assuming that the Urithiru drawing is one she does during this chapter, or close to it; until she booted the Midnight Mother, she wasn’t able to draw the tower at all.) There are a few times coming up where she’s caught doing sketches in meetings, though, so apparently she returns to her normal forms of drawing after this.

In fact… the oppressive feelings she’d felt since they’d arrived at the tower seemed to have evaporated. No more fear, no more formless sense of wrongness. The thing she’d chased away had been its cause.

A: My immediate question about this was whether that sense of wrongness in the whole tower which she’d felt earlier was a matter of proximity, just because Re-Shephir was hanging out in the cellars? Or was it because Re-Shephir was wrapped around that pillar and somehow linked into the fabrialesque infrastructure of the tower?

L: Oh, that’s a good theory. If that pillar does somehow power the tower (heh rhymes), then it would make sense that the corruption of the Unmade seeping into it would resonate through the whole tower!

A: There are a lot of questions about this “wrongness” that are—and may always be—unanswered. How many people really felt it? We talked earlier about how Shallan and Renarin did, but Dalinar didn’t. Are there others who felt it? And if so, why some and not others?

L: Not to mention, is this corruption only present in certain Unmade, or in all of them? There are definitely effects on people who are close to Ashertmarn (the revelers in Kholinar), Nergaoul (the Thrill), and Moelach (the Death Rattles).

A: That… is a very good question. Moelach was apparently present in Kharbranth when Shallan was there, because of the death rattles, but she didn’t notice anything. Of course, her bond with Pattern was pretty dodgy at that point, too. On the other hand, when they reach Kholinar, Shallan does a sketch of the palace that Kaladin thinks is “twisted, with odd angles and distorted walls.” Sound familiar? So… maybe… I have no idea where I’m going with this. Does Shallan see the effect of certain Unmade and not others, or do they just not all have that effect?

L: Well, we don’t know where the Midnight Mother wound up. Maybe she was in Kholinar too and hence creating the same effect on Shallan…

A: Oooh. That would be sort of scary. I was assuming it was either Ashertmarn or Sja-Anat, but I have to admit that we really don’t know how many of them had gathered there.

L: This also makes me wonder how friendly they all are with one another. Would the Midnight Mother have run off to the others to feel more safety in numbers? Do they in-fight, like the Forsaken?

A: I have so many questions! And I’m pretty sure Brandon has no intention of answering them any time soon.

L: SO MANY. ALL the questions!

The crystal pillar at the center really was something incredible. It wasn’t a single gemstone, but a myriad of them fused together: emerald, ruby, topaz, sapphire… All ten varieties seemed to have been melted into a single thick pillar, twenty feet tall.

L: I keep thinking about how much heat it would take to MELT gemstones into one another like that. Is it even possible, scientifically speaking? I’m sure that magic was involved somehow (Stonewards, perhaps?), but we all know how closely Sanderson ties his magic to real science….

A: Yeah, that’s a good point. Using heat to melt them together sounds problematic at best. It’s possible that the Stonewards used Cohesion or Tension (I can never keep those two straight) to alter the molecular structure, but it might be something the Sibling made instead. If the Sibling is indeed the spren of stone, they could probably do this! I keep vacillating between the theory that the Stonewards formed Urithiru, and the theory that the Sibling “grew it” for the Knights Radiant.

L: Other than the science, I like the idea that this pillar is symbolic of all ten of the orders being bound together into a thing of beauty.

A: YES.

“My mother,” Jasnah said, hand still on the pillar, not looking toward Shallan, “thinks this must be some kind of incredibly intricate fabrial.”

A: Personally, I think she’s right… sort of. I guess it’s common speculation now, but I’m almost positive this is either the “power plant” or the control center for the entire tower infrastructure. I’m also confident that the Sibling will need to wake up in order for it to work, and somewhat less confident that it will require someone to bond with them. (I mean, I’d really love to see Navani or Rushu bond with the Sibling, but I also think it would be sort of cool if they returned just to be with the Knights Radiant without necessarily forming a bond.)

L: Why are you so sure that the Sibling needs to be involved? Maybe it’s just that one of each of the orders of Knights Radiant needs to be present.

A: Well, that would certainly make it easier! (I think. Some of the spren don’t seem very cooperative about reviving all the orders, do they?) I have no valid support for my theory, to be frank. It just seems that the Sibling is tied closely to Urithiru, so I make assumptions within that framework. It’s just faintly possible (!) that I’m obsessed with the Sibling, since Brandon won’t tell me anything about it.

“I had to find a transfer point—a place where Shadesmar and our realm touch—which is far, far more difficult than one might assume.”

L: Just pointing this out as it’s going to become awfully important come Part 4.

Relationships & Romances

“That Windrunner. What do you think of him, Shallan? I find him much as I imagined his order, but I have only met him once.”

L: Yes, Shallan. What do you think of that Windrunner? Eh? Eh?

A: Look at this week’s artwork for a tiny hint….

Shallan hesitated in the doorway, feeling much as she had upon seeing Jasnah for the first time in Kharbranth. Insecure, overwhelmed, and—if she was honest—incredibly envious.

A: Jasnah’s return creates a lot of conflict for Shallan. Last time we saw Shallan, she was thinking about how she kind of almost felt like an adult – and there was a fair amount of discussion about the ways in which her reflections showed her immaturity. I think we missed noting that she wasn’t really an adult questioning her ability to act like an adult; she was a teenager feeling like she was all grown up and mature now. All of a sudden, in this chapter, she’s being forcibly returned to the position of “Jasnah’s young ward,” and I think a lot of the reason for her resentment is that she had convinced herself of her own maturity. Of course, there are ways where her resentment is reasonable; she has done some pretty amazing things on her own, and she really ought not to be treated patronizingly.

At the same time, I can relate to Jasnah’s position. Being told that your ward has done some pretty amazing things – which she acknowledges – is very different than seeing them happen and seeing her growth. In the meta-story, it was needful for Jasnah to be out of the picture in order for Shallan to be in a position to do All The Things; in the character, though, it has to be hard for Jasnah to change her understanding of Shallan all in a few minutes. And honestly, Shallan is acting like a sulky teenager, which doesn’t give Jasnah much reason to treat her as not-a-child.

“I feel lost…” Jasnah said. … “For years I was at the very forefront of all this. One short stumble, and I find myself scrambling to stay afloat. These visions that my uncle is having … the refounding of the Radiants in my absence … It has all come so quickly. After years of struggling in the shadows, everything coming to light—and despite my years of study—I understand so very little.”

A: This, naturally, enhances my sympathy. How awful would it be for Jasnah, the one who had been at the leading edge, who had progressed so far through her Ideals while keeping it secret from everyone, who gave her life to researching all of this—and now it seems that everyone is ahead of her. They aren’t, of course; she will show soon enough that her years of practice give her an enormous edge, but these first days must be overwhelming.

Storms. She was perfect. A curvaceous figure, tan Alethi skin, light violet eyes, and not a hint of aberrant color to her jet-black hair. Making Jasnah Kholin as beautiful as she was brilliant was one of the most unfair things the Almighty had ever done.

L: Some people read these types of thoughts as Shallan being bisexual, and Brandon did sort of confirm it in this WoB… kinda. As a bi woman, I absolutely love this.

A: Perspective makes so much difference in our assumptions, doesn’t it? I simply read it as Shallan being envious of Jasnah’s physical “perfections” as opposed to her own perceived shortcomings; she has frequently disparaged her own height, build, hair color, skin color, etc. (I am all too familiar with this kind of self-perception!) I think Brandon likes it when we see ourselves in his work, whether he did it intentionally or not.

Diagrams & Dastardly Designs

“The Ghostbloods will almost certainly start targeting you, now that you’ve begun progressing toward your final Ideals.”

L: Okay so…. If their goal is to find info about the Desolations and parshendi, and they tried to assassinate Jasnah because she was a rival… why would they be coming after Shallan for progressing in Ideals? Maybe Jasnah is just mistaking the Ghostbloods’ motives for the Skybreakers’?

A: It’s possible that Jasnah doesn’t know what the Ghostbloods’ motives are. I’m know I don’t; they haven’t told us much so far. The only thing I’m reasonably sure of is that their motives reach beyond Roshar, and I’m not sure Jasnah was targeted just because she was a rival for information. There’s a whole lot of misinformation floating around; for example, Amaram assumed that the Ghostbloods were behind the Shardbearer who came for him, but we’re reasonably sure that the Shardblade he was carrying belonged to the Skybreakers. So… more questions and uncertainties.

Tight Butts and Coconuts

All she’d done was grope an eldritch spren.

L: ::snicker::

Weighty Words

“Of course. An Elsecaller, Brightness. A thing you never explained; a word which no one but the most dedicated scholar of the esoteric would recognize.”

“All Radiants have an attachment to Shadesmar,” Jasnah said. “Our spren originate there, and our bond ties us to them. But my order has special control over moving between realms. I was able to shift into Shadesmar to escape my would-be assassin.”

A: This is a really good reminder that on the whole, we know a LOT more about the Knight Radiant orders than most people in-world. Jasnah knows quite a bit, and the Heralds would know more if they weren’t insane. The spren know a lot, but they mostly aren’t telling. That said, this was a delicious little tidbit.

I don’t know how canonical it’s intended to be, but I think this is worth reading for a little more idea of what Elsecallers can and can’t do.

A Scrupulous Study of Spren

“You capture a spren,” Jasnah said, “and imprison it inside a gemstone crafted for the purpose. Artifabrians have found that the specific stimuli will provoke certain responses in the spren.”

A: Shallan’s reaction to this is much the same as my original reaction to realizing how fabrials work.

L: Same.

A: I’m sure much of that was driven by knowing Syl and other higher, sapient spren, because trapping those spren seems nothing less than slavery. It’s a little hard to think of Shardblades in quite the same way, but it’s not really that much different.

L: The “dead” Shardblades for sure.

A: This forces us to face the question: is it slavery to entrap and manipulate a spren that isn’t at all self-aware, which in the normal course of events would simply be drawn to an event or emotion the way ants are drawn to crumbs? Assuming you could obtain something useful from it, would it be slavery to entrap an ant and get it to do a certain thing by providing it with a grain of sugar? Which is more accurate: Jasnah’s comparison of hitching a chull to a wagon—and Shallan’s extension to locking the chull in a box forever—or my comparison of an ant? Not that anyone here can answer that question, because we really don’t know how self-aware some of these spren are—nor chulls, for that matter!

L: They do seem more like animals—not sapient, that is—so I can follow Jasnah’s explanation. But trapping them inside of gems? Sounds like sticking pokemon into pokeballs to me (which always struck me as a little… unpleasant).

Appealing/Arresting/Appraising/Absorbing Artwork

L: I have verification from the artist that the figure in the corner here is meant to be Kaladin. I may or may not have rebuked him for changing the uniform design, since now I have to make another one to match this drawing… -_-

A: Bummer on the uniform design… but I find it moderately hilarious that she’s got this perfect drawing of Urithiru, with all the drafting conventions observed… and then a sketch of Kaladin up in the corner just because.

Quality Quotations

Jasnah didn’t want to merely prove her points. She wanted to drive them right into your skull, with a flourish and a pithy epigram.

* * *

I … believe I once disparaged the usefulness of your artistic skill. I now find reason to call myself foolish for that presumption.”

A: I just have to point out that Jasnah apologizes to Shallan twice in this chapter: once for her lack of foresight concerning the assassination attempt and its effect on the ship, the crew, and Shallan; and once for underestimating the value of Shallan’s artwork.

It was nice to be reminded that, for all their differences, there were occasional things that she and Jasnah shared.
She just wished that ignorance weren’t at the top of the list.

 

Next week we’ll be covering chapter 34, which is a bit of a long one, so it’ll be alone. As always, join us in the comments for more theory-crafting (or just happy squee-ing that Jasnah is back).

Alice is so done with road trips for a while, having driven across the state of Washington six times in six weeks. Done. Now she’ll be returning to work on that long-promised article about the Kaladin album, to celebrate release of the physical CDs.

Lyndsey is finally nearing completion on her Star Lord cosplay, and can’t wait to challenge you all to dance-offs at future cons. If you’re an aspiring author, a cosplayer, or just like geeky content, follow her work on Facebook or her website.

Oathbringer Reread: Chapter Thirty-Four

$
0
0

Welcome back to Roshar! Way, way back to Roshar… This week Dalinar revisits one of his visions which apparently took place long before Aharietiam; this time, he’s got company, as a certain queen is drawn into the vision when the highstorm passes over her. She’s going to see some strong evidence that things are changing!

Reminder: we’ll potentially be discussing spoilers for the ENTIRE NOVEL in each reread. Not this week, so no worries about the article itself, though we make no promises about the comments. But if you haven’t read ALL of Oathbringer, best to wait to join us until you’re done.

Chapter Recap

WHO: Dalinar Kholin
WHERE: Undisclosed village in one of Dalinar’s visions
WHEN: 1174.1.6.1, three days after Shallan talks to Jasnah and six days after Dalinar learns the Stormfather can bring other people into his visions.

Dalinar enters into the Stormfather’s visions again, this time by design. He inhabits the form of one of the Knights Radiant arriving to protect a town from the Midnight Mother, and finds Queen Fen—whom he’d asked the Stormfather to pull into this vision. The two have a heated discussion about Dalinar and why Fen doesn’t trust him, but his honesty and passion convince her to give him another chance.

Threshold of the Storm

Title: Resistance

Alice: The comment that accompanied this suggestion speaks for itself: “Fen organized a great resistance. The KR talked about how all those that resist should go to Urithiru. And Dalinar was able to overcome her resistance about joining forces. (At least somewhat.)”

Heralds

Chanarach, Nale

Lyn: I think Chanarach (Dustbringers, divine attributes of Brave and Obedient) is here because of Fen. She shows great bravery in this scene, saving the child and uniting the townspeople against the Midnight Mother. Nale (Skybreakers, divine attributes Just and Confident), on the other hand… He could be also symbolic of Fen in that she’s certainly confident. Alice?

A: It’s funny; I’d have expected Jezrien and Taln for the two Radiants in the vision, or at least Ishar for Dalinar. Instead we get Chana, though I agree that she fits well with Fen’s actions. I’m less sure about Nale; again, I’d have thought maybe Jezrien for her leadership. But… confident, I guess? And maybe the justice of her accusation against Dalinar, that it’s not reasonable to expect the rest of the world to simply take him at his word, given his past record. That’s all I’ve got.

Icon

Kholin glyph-pair

Epigraph

I noticed its arrival immediately, just as I noticed your many intrusions into my land.

A: Well, somebody sounds miffy! This is the evidence that the first letter comes from a Shard whose world Hoid has visited many times… which could be any of them, eh?

Stories & Songs

All went dark around Dalinar, and he entered a place between his world and the visions. A place with a black sky and an infinite floor of bone-white rock. Shapes made of smoke seeped through the stone ground, then rose around him, dissipating. Common things. A chair, a vase, a rockbud. Sometimes people.

L: Wait. This isn’t Shadesmar… is it? Is there another Realm?

A: ::can’t resist…:: RAFO!

“What was that place?” Dalinar asked.

IT IS NO PLACE.

I IMAGINED IT, the Stormfather said more softly, as if he were admitting something embarrassing.

L: Okay, so definitely not Shadesmar, then. But close? Can anyone else access this Realm, or only the Stormfather? Can it be used to travel, like Shadesmar can?

A: I honestly don’t know. The Stormfather doesn’t seem to think so. He’s not omniscient, but he probably knows more about the realms than I do!

ALL THINGS HAVE A SOUL. A VASE, A WALL, A CHAIR. AND WHEN A VASE IT BROKEN, IT MIGHT DIE IN THE PHYSICAL REALM, BUT FOR A TIME ITS SOUL REMEMBERS WHAT IT WAS. SO ALL THINGS DIE TWICE. ITS FINAL DEATH IS WHEN MEN FORGET IT WAS A VASE, AND THINK ONLY OF THE PIECES.

L: This is really deep, and reminds me of the concept that men also truly die twice—once when they pass on, and once when their name is spoken for the last time.

A: This was deep, and also unexpected. Not so long ago, Kaladin was railing at the Stormfather for not changing the highstorm to suit him, and good ol’ StormDad blew him off… so to speak.

L: Heh. Puns.

A: (They’re rare from me, but they do happen!) It’s interesting to see him here, the soul of a highstorm that breaks everything in its path, imagining a place for the souls of the broken things to dwell while they wait to be forgotten. It’s very melancholy, and sort of sweet.

Also, this foreshadows how Dalinar will be able to rebuild some things later, and might possibly be linked to why Renarin can’t heal people who have accepted their injuries.

About the size of an axehound, they had oily black skin that reflected the moonlight. While they moved on all sixes, they were like no natural animal. They had spindly legs like a crab’s, but a bulbous body and a sinuous head, featureless except for a slit of a mouth bristling with black teeth.

L: I’m certain that I’ve seen something like this in a horror film but I’ve seen too many to keep them all straight, or remember exactly where I’ve seen it. Anyway. If the Midnight Mother is trying to copy something here, I wonder if it was just axehounds, or some creation of her own? I find it hard to believe that with all of her life experience she’d have such a hard time recreating humans in the present—maybe she had just forgotten after being trapped in Urithiru alone for so long.

A: Or, perhaps, during all that time she was trapped she developed a desire to copy the beings who trapped her? I’m not much help with the horror-film aspect; that’s not my gig!

“You don’t eat the corpses,” Dalinar said to it. “You kill for pleasure, don’t you? I often think of spren and man are so different, but this we share. We can both murder.”

L: I wonder if the Midnight Mother’s creations have a sort of… hive mind thing going on, or if each of them has its own sapience until it gets reclaimed by the main body. If the former, Dalinar’s speaking directly to the Unmade here, which is pretty chilling to consider.
A: Either one is a bit creepy, come to think of it. They don’t seem particularly intelligent, so I sort of assumed they were like dogs (except dumber) set loose with a “kill” command, but when I stop to think about it… I sort of think they’d have to be actively maintained by Mommy Dearest. So the next question is, was he talking to the Unmade, or just to a memory of the Unmade? (Okay, I’m really glad this is in a vision, because it means he probably wasn’t actually talking to her. I hope.)

Bruised & Broken

“Maybe all the good men are dead, so all you have is me!”

L: It makes me sad that Dalinar thinks of himself this way, but… in a way, he’s right. He wasn’t a good man, in his past. Maybe it takes a man who truly understands the horror of war, having experienced it himself, to save the world. I find it interesting that in Dalinar and Kaladin we have two men who have experienced the horror of war, but from opposite sides. Dalinar was the bloodthirsty tyrant, and Kaladin the stalwart soldier trying to preserve the lives of those beneath him.

A: This book really gave me a sense of mental whiplash with Dalinar. I like him. A lot. Except that when he was younger, he was a real piece of work. It’s been well over a year since I first read this, and I still have trouble reconciling the two different men he is.

Places & Peoples

In Alethkar, a fine wooden mansion would be a symbol of wealth. Here, however, many of the other houses were of wood.

L: Because trade restrictions with Shinovar are lessened, or because the highstorms aren’t as powerful and hence trees are growing in more places? Is it possible that the highstorms are growing more potent with time, as more and more people come to worship the Stormfather? If he’s a manifestation of the peoples’ ideals, then wouldn’t it make sense that he’s become more powerful over time?

A: Fine, go all meta on me! Here I was just assuming that this took place in a part of the world that had more trees—probably farther west where the highstorms are less devastating, maybe even in Shinovar itself. But the theory about the highstorms growing in strength is pretty cool.

He’d have expected everything in the past to be crude, but it wasn’t. The doors, the buildings, the clothing. It was well made, just… lacking something he couldn’t define.

L: This would have taken place after the last Desolation but before the Recreance, right? Or could it have been a few Desolations back? That would make sense that the society is advanced… each society regressed after the Desolation hit, so if this vision happened just before one….

A: You’re most likely right that it’s just before a Desolation. My best guess is that it’s many Desolations back—so, maybe 5000 or more years ago, before the Heralds started to buckle so quickly. It’s all speculative, but I’d say this was long enough ago that the Heralds were giving humanity a lot of time to recover. I’m still puzzled about the thing is that he thought was lacking, though.

“Should you wish to learn true leadership, come to Urithiru.”

L: Is he insinuating that she should become a Radiant, or do the Radiants just train people in mundane methods of leadership as well?

A: After seeing this vision in TWoK, I had assumed the former. Knowing what we know now, which is still not much, it certainly seems that the Radiants would train all comers to the best of their abilities, with a likelihood that at least a significant percentage would become squires or Radiants.

“If you have the soul of a warrior, that passion could destroy you, unless you are guided.”

L: Wait, what? Is this a reference to the Thrill, perhaps?

A: Yay, it’s not just me! I thought that too. If we’re right, the Radiants seem to have had a way to help people avoid Thrill-addiction.

Tight Butts and Coconuts

“Honestly, I just wanted to talk to you.”

“Send me a storming letter.”

L: Queen Fen continuously reminds me of Professor McGonagall and it makes me so happy.

A: I love Fen. Almost as much as much as I love Navani.

Weighty Words

Dalinar still didn’t know why Radiant Plate glowed, while modern Shardplate did not. Was the ancient Plate “living” somehow, like Radiant Blades lived?

L: Finally caught on, have you, Dalinar?

In response, the other Radiant made his [helm] vanish. Dalinar caught sight of a puff of Light or mist.

L: This is cool to finally see. If his armor is made up of windspren, as theorized, why does it vanish into Light or mist?

A: Because they’re poofing back into the Cognitive realm right away? Or… no. We don’t need new theories. But… what if there are other kinds of spren involved, like maybe the helm comes from a different spren related to light (so you can see through) or something? Please tell me this is a totally loony theory.

“You had to dismiss [your Plate] so I could Lash you.”

L: Well that’s an interesting tidbit, I wonder why?

A: WHY?? We know that ordinary Plate interferes with Lashings, but I’d expected that living Plate would be different. Apparently not. Sigh.

“Talk to Harkaylain then, or to your spren.”

L: Who? (SO MANY QUESTIONS.)

A: I’ve heard people assume that this means the armor is crafted by someone, with this guy cast in the role of “blacksmith.” (Sprensmith?) Personally, I’m betting he is either the head of the Stonewards, or possibly a Bondsmith. Back in the TWoK version of this vision, the Stoneward mentioned that “Harkaylain says the Desolation is close, and he is not often wrong.” It seems reasonable that she’s referring either to the leader of her own Order, or to one of the three Bondsmiths. This time, it seems reasonable that if she’s having trouble with her sprenPlate, the Windrunner would recommend either someone high in her own Order, or… a Bondsmith.

“How,” Dalinar whispered to the Stormfather. “How do we get the armor?”

Speak the Words.

“Which words?”

You will know or you will not.

Great.

L: Super helpful as always. But at least this is in-text verification that gaining Plate is another step in the Radiant progression.

A: I laughed so hard at this one. Poor Dalinar. Still, I liked the confirmation for him, specifically, that despite not getting a StormfatherBlade, he will eventually get Plate. (GlorysprenPlate FTW!)

Meaningful/Moronic/Mundane Motivations

“You really expect me to believe that the storming Knights Radiant are back and that the Almighty chose you—a tyrant and a murderer—to lead them?” …
“Your Majesty, you’re being irrational.”
“Am I? Oh, let me storming reconsider, then. All I need to do is let the storming Blackthorn himself into my city, so he can take control of my armies!”
“What would you have me do?” Dalinar shouted. “Would you have me watch the world crumble?”

A: This isn’t really a surprise to anyone, but the Thaylen Queen has very good and logical rationale for not cooperating with Dalinar, based on what she knew up to this point. Their shouting match, combined with the vision, creates an odd impetus to change their relationship. Have I ever mentioned that I really like Fen?

“A mandate from God—the very same argument the Hierocracy used for seizing control of the government. What about Sadees, the Sunmaker? He claimed he had a calling from the Almighty too.”

A: Again… we’ve discussed before the possibility that others received these visions in the past. How many of them could have been Bondsmiths had they studied the visions long enough to realize that they were not interactive, and had another purpose?

A Scrupulous Study of Spren

I am not a man. I do not bend or cower. I do what is in my nature, and to defy that is pain.

L: Pain? Well that’s interesting. Other highspren with bonds (like Syl) have drawn away from their Radiants when they displayed attributes that threatened breaking the oaths they’d made, but pain? That’s new.

A: This took me back to Syl’s remark to Kaladin in Chapter 31, that what he was asking of the Stormfather was like asking fire not to be so hot, thankyouverymuch. I think it’s a good reminder to the humanoids—both the characters and the readers—that the spren are not humans, and they neither function nor reason like humans. They cannot defy their nature, or pretend to be anything other than what they are. Not like… humans.

In context, it’s tough for me not to read it as the Stormfather just being stubborn because it bugs him when Dalinar pushes ideas he’s not used to. Because it’s so natural for us to read them with human emotions, this was a useful interjection. We really don’t understand the nature of spren yet, much less the Stormfather. We’ll learn more as we go through the book, and it’s going to be some good stuff, but it’s still going to take work to quit assuming they are even able to function like humans in certain ways.

Quality Quotations

Flailing his arms, he shouted in panic. His stomach lurched and his clothes flapped in the wind. He continued yelling until he realized that he wasn’t actually getting closer to the ground. He wasn’t falling, he was flying.

A: The mental image of Dalinar flapping around was pretty funny… until I was reminded of the last time someone Lashed him into the sky.

It was a painful irony that he should have such vivid feelings about this place, these people, when his memories of Evi were still so shadowy and confused.

 * * *

“Where was this passion earlier?” she asked. “Why didn’t you speak like this in your letters to me?”

A: Is this connected to the Thaylen “Passions”?

“I know how to talk to her now. She doesn’t want polite words or diplomatic phrases. She wants me to be myself. I’m fairly certain that’s something I can deliver.”

 

As always, thanks for joining us on this little jaunt through Roshar, and join us for more theorizing in the comments and for next week’s reread, when we’ll tackle chapter 35, the first of the Bridge 4 POV sections in Part 2.

Alice’s hair is getting whiter by the day—her daughter just started driver’s training, and that means lots of time in the car with a student driver. Terror takes on a new dimension.

Lyndsey is so excited to start getting into the Bridge 4 POVs next week. If you’re an aspiring author, a cosplayer, or just like geeky content, follow her work on Facebook or her website.

Viewing all 730 articles
Browse latest View live